WO2010093918A1 - Apolipoprotein a-i mimics - Google Patents

Apolipoprotein a-i mimics Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010093918A1
WO2010093918A1 PCT/US2010/024096 US2010024096W WO2010093918A1 WO 2010093918 A1 WO2010093918 A1 WO 2010093918A1 US 2010024096 W US2010024096 W US 2010024096W WO 2010093918 A1 WO2010093918 A1 WO 2010093918A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
leu
amino acid
acid residue
peptide
lys
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/024096
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jean-Louis Dasseux
Anna Shenderova Schwendeman
Lingyu Zhu
Original Assignee
Cerenis Therapeutics Sa
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to PL10741801T priority Critical patent/PL2396017T3/en
Priority to AU2010213568A priority patent/AU2010213568B2/en
Priority to MX2011008599A priority patent/MX2011008599A/en
Priority to SG2011057569A priority patent/SG173624A1/en
Priority to CN201080016764.XA priority patent/CN102395375B/en
Priority to JP2011550271A priority patent/JP5719783B2/en
Priority to NZ594516A priority patent/NZ594516A/en
Priority to MX2014006888A priority patent/MX343654B/en
Priority to CA2752182A priority patent/CA2752182C/en
Priority to KR1020117021736A priority patent/KR101688547B1/en
Priority to RU2011138011/10A priority patent/RU2532222C2/en
Priority to EP10741801.4A priority patent/EP2396017B1/en
Priority to SI201031020T priority patent/SI2396017T1/en
Priority to ES10741801.4T priority patent/ES2554853T3/en
Application filed by Cerenis Therapeutics Sa filed Critical Cerenis Therapeutics Sa
Priority to DK10741801.4T priority patent/DK2396017T3/en
Publication of WO2010093918A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010093918A1/en
Priority to IL214576A priority patent/IL214576B/en
Priority to ZA2011/05997A priority patent/ZA201105997B/en
Priority to HK12106075.1A priority patent/HK1165987A1/en
Priority to IL240357A priority patent/IL240357A/en
Priority to HRP20150998TT priority patent/HRP20150998T1/en
Priority to SM201500318T priority patent/SMT201500318B/en
Priority to PH12016501912A priority patent/PH12016501912A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/1703—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • A61K38/1709—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/06—Antiarrhythmics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/775—Apolipopeptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the invention provides peptides, compositions thereof, and methods for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, endothelial dysfunction, a macrovascular disorder, or a microvascular disorder.
  • LDL low density lipoproteins
  • HDL high density lipoproteins
  • LDL particles are believed to be responsible for the delivery of cholesterol from the liver (where it is synthesized or obtained from dietary sources) to extrahepatic tissues in the body.
  • HDL particles are believed to aid in the transport of cholesterol from the extrahepatic tissues to the liver, where the cholesterol is catabolized and eliminated.
  • Such transport of cholesterol from the extrahepatic tissues to the liver is referred to as "reverse cholesterol transport.”
  • the reverse cholesterol transport (“RCT”) pathway has three main steps: (i) cholesterol efflux, i.e., the initial removal of cholesterol from various pools of peripheral cells; (ii) cholesterol esterification by the action of lecithin:cholesterol acyl transferase (“LCAT”), thereby preventing a re-entry of effluxed cholesterol into cells; and (iii) uptake of the cholesteryl ester by HDL and delivery of the HDL- cholesteryl ester complex to liver cells.
  • LCAT lecithin:cholesterol acyl transferase
  • the RCT pathway is mediated by HDL particles.
  • Each HDL particle has a lipid component and a protein component.
  • the lipid component of HDL can be a phospholipid, cholesterol (or a cholesterol ester), or a triglyceride.
  • the protein component of HDL is primarily made up of ApoA-I. ApoA-I is synthesized by the liver and small intestine as preproapolipoprotein which is secreted as a proprotein that is rapidly cleaved to generate a mature polypeptide having 243 amino acid residues.
  • ApoA-I is primarily made up of 6 to 8 different repeat units made up of 22 amino acid residues spaced by a linker moiety which is often proline, and in some cases is a moiety made up of several residues.
  • ApoA-I forms three types of stable complexes with lipids: small, lipid-poor complexes referred to as pre- ⁇ -1 HDL; flattened discoidal particles containing polar lipids (phospholipid and cholesterol) referred to as pre- ⁇ -2 HDL; and spherical particles containing both polar and nonpolar lipids, referred to as spherical or mature HDL (HDL 3 and HDL 2 ).
  • ApoA-I to patients to protect against atherosclerotic disease.
  • ApoA-I there are many pitfalls associated with the production and use of ApoA-I, making it less than ideal as a drug; e.g. , ApoA-I is a large protein that is difficult and expensive to produce, and significant manufacturing and reproducibility problems must be overcome with respect to stability during storage, delivery of an active product and half-life in vivo.
  • the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula I
  • X 1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
  • X 11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X 16 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue. [009] In another embodiment, the invention provides 15- to 22 -residue peptides having the following Formula II
  • X 1 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
  • X is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue
  • X 6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
  • X 9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 11 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X I is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X 16 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues
  • Y is absent
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to three of residues X 1 to X 17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula III
  • X I is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 5 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
  • X 7 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 8 is Ala or D-AIa
  • X 9 is Asp or D-Asp
  • X 10 is Leu, Phe, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X II is GIy, Leu, or D-Leu; X 12 is Arg or D-Arg;
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 15 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 16 is GIn or D-GIn
  • X 17 is GIu, Leu, D-GIu, or D-Leu;
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 20 is GIu or D-GIu;
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
  • X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
  • Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group;
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue;
  • a peptide of Formula I, II, or III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is useful for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, endothelial dysfunction, a macrovascular disorder, or a microvascular disorder (each being a "Condition").
  • compositions comprising an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
  • the invention provides methods for treating or preventing a Condition, comprising administering an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic to a mammal in need thereof.
  • FIG. IA is a Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel diagram of an idealized amphipathic ⁇ -helix in which open circles represent hydrophilic amino acid residues and shaded circles represent hydrophobic amino acid residues.
  • FIG. IB is a helical net diagram of the idealized amphipathic helix of
  • FIG. IA is a helical cylinder diagram of the idealized amphipathic helix of FIG. IA.
  • FIG. 2 is a Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel diagram of Segrest's consensus 22-mer peptide (SEQ ID NO. 1)
  • FIG. 3A illustrates a tertiary-order branched network of the ApoA-I
  • FIG. 3B illustrates a quaternary-order branched network of the ApoA-I
  • FIG. 3C illustrates a mixed-order branched network of the ApoA-I
  • FIG. 3D illustrates exemplary "Lys-tree" branched networks of the
  • FIG. 4A is a cartoon depicting the various aggregation states and peptide-lipid complexes that can be obtained with the ApoA-I Mimics of the invention.
  • Left Multimerization process of the peptides resulting from the interaction of several peptide helices and leading to the formation of oligomers in conditions of defined peptide concentration, pH and ionic strength.
  • Center The interaction of the ApoA-I Mimics (in any of these states of aggregation) with lipidic entities (such as small unilamellar vesicles (“SUVs”)) leads to lipid reorganization.
  • SUVs small unilamellar vesicles
  • lipid:peptide molar ratio By changing the lipid:peptide molar ratio, different types of peptide- lipid complexes can be obtained, from lipid-peptide comicelles at low lipid-peptide ratios, to discoidal particles and finally to large multilamellar complexes at increasingly higher lipid:peptide ratios.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates the generally-accepted model for discoidal ApoA-I
  • Mimic-lipid complexes formed in a defined range of lipid ApoA-I Mimic ratios.
  • Each ApoA-I Mimic surrounding the disc edge is in close contact with its two nearest neighbors.
  • FIG. 5 is a representative gel permeation chromatogram for a Peptide
  • FIG. 6 is a plot of baseline increase in HDL fraction of total cholsterol following administration of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG, and the components being present in a weight ratio of Peptide 16: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.35: 1.35: 0.30) to rabbits.
  • FIG. 7 is a plot of increase in HDL fraction of free cholsterol following administration of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) to rabbits.
  • FIG 8 is a gel permeation chromatography elution profile at baseline
  • FIG. 9 is a plot of increase in plasma phospholipid following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma phospholipid levels were measured. Baseline values (ranging from 0.96 to 1.18 g/L for the four groups) were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma phospholipid levels. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1OA is a plot of increase in in plasma total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma total cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. The baseline values ranged from 0.59 to 0.77g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1OB is a plot of increase in in plasma free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma free cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. The baseline values ranged from 0.21 to 0.27 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1OC is a plot of increase in in plasma esterified cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma esterified cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. The baseline values ranged from 0.39 to 0.52 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1 IA is a plot of increase in plasma HDL total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma HDL total cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline HDL total cholesterol ranged from 0.33 to 0.38 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1 IB is a plot of increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma HDL free cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline HDL free cholesterol ranged from 0.11 to 0.13 g/L. There were 3 animals per group.
  • FIG. 11C is a plot of increase in plasma LDL total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg.
  • plasma LDL total cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline LDL total cholesterol ranged from 0.17 to 0.33 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1 ID is a plot of increase in plasma LDL free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma LDL free cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline LDL free cholesterol ranged from 0.06 to 0.11 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1 IE is a plot of increase in plasma VLDL total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma VLDL total cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline VLDL total cholesterol ranged from 0.04 to 0.11 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 1 IF is a plot of increase in plasma VLDL free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma VLDL free cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline VLDL free cholesterol ranged from 0.02 to 0.04 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
  • FIG. 12 is a plot of the increase in plasma triglyceride levels following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma triglyceride levels were measured. Baseline values (ranging from 0.40 to 0.80 g/L for the four groups) were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma triglyceride levels. There were 3 animals per group.
  • FIG. 13 is a plot of the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 2.5 (triangle), 5 (circle) or 10 (diamond) mg/kg.
  • Plasma HDL free cholesterol levels were measured.
  • Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels. There were 4 animals per group.
  • FIG. 14A is a plot of an HPLC gel permeation chromatography elution profile at baseline (dark line) and 20 min after infusion of 2.5 mg/kg Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1 : 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5). Shown on the Y-axis is the absorption from the inline free cholesterol assay of the lipoprotein fractions eluting from the HPLC gel permeation chromatography. The peaks from left to right correspond to the VLDL, LDL and HDL fractions.
  • FIG. 14B is a plot of an HPLC gel permeation chromatography elution profile at baseline (dark line) and 20 min after infusion of 5.0 mg/kg Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1 : 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5). Shown on the Y-axis is the absorption from the inline free cholesterol assay of the lipoprotein fractions eluting from the HPLC gel permeation chromatography. The peaks from left to right correspond to the VLDL, LDL and HDL fractions.
  • FIG. 15 is a plot of the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1 : 2.5) into fasted rabbits at a dose of 20 mg/kg at a rate of 1 mIVmin (triangles) or 0.2 mL/min ( diamonds). At various times post dose, plasma HDL free cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels. There were 4 animals per Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment group, while there were 2 animals per vehicle treatment group.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female rats following first dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 0.
  • the decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female rats following multiple dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 26.
  • These animals received Peptide 16/ lipid complex every second day for 4 weeks.
  • the decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female cynomolgus monkeys following first dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1 : 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 0.
  • the decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female cynomolgus monkeys following multiple dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 26.
  • These animals received Peptide 16/ lipid complex every second day for 4 weeks.
  • the decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
  • FIG. 2OA is a plot of the % of increase from the pre-dose value of plasma total cholesterol in C57B1/6J mice after treatment with the Formulation A, B, or C. 6 animals/per group were sequencially sampled at different time points.
  • FIG. 2OB is a plot of the increase in plasma total cholesterol in
  • FIG. 21 A is a plot of the % of increase from the pre-dose value of plasma esterified cholesterol in C57B1/6J mice after treatment with the Formulation A, B, or C. 6 animals/per group were sequencially sampled at different time points.
  • FIG. 21B is a plot of the increase in plasma esterified cholesterol in
  • alkyl refers to an optionally substituted saturated branched, straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical.
  • Typical alkyl groups are (C 1 -C O ) alkyl groups that include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, and the like.
  • the alkyl groups are (C]-C 4 ) alkyl. Unless specified otherwise, the alkyl is unsubstituted.
  • alkenyl refers to an unsaturated branched, straight chain or cyclic non- aromatic hydrocarbon radical having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. The one or more double bonds can be in either the cis or trans conformation.
  • Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, tert-butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl and the like.
  • the alkenyl group is (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl.
  • Alkynyl refers to an unsaturated branched or straight chain hydrocarbon radical having at least one carbon- carbon triple bond.
  • Typical alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl and the like.
  • the alkynyl group is (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl.
  • Aryl refers to an optionally substituted aromatic ring system in which each atom within the ring is C, O, N, or S, thus encompassing heterocyclic aromatic rings.
  • Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to benzyl, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, thiazole, and thiophene.
  • the aryl group is (C5-C 2 6 aryl).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5-20-membered heteroaryl.
  • a heteroaryl group is 5- 10-membered heteroaryl. Unless specified otherwise, the aryl is unsubstituted.
  • alkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
  • Substituted Alkyl or Aryl refers to an alkyl or aryl group in which one or more of its hydrogen atoms are replaced with another substituent.
  • Typical substituents include -OR a , -SR a , -NR a R a , - NO 2 , -CN, halogen, -SO 2 R 3 , -C(O)R 3 , -C(O)OR 3 and -C(O)NR 3 R 3 , where each R 3 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl.
  • Hydrophilic face refers to a face of the helix having overall net hydrophilic character.
  • Hydrophobic face refers to a face of the peptide having overall net hydrophobic character.
  • the number of terminal -NH 2 groups is zero where R 1 is an amino protecting group and is 1 where R 1 is H.
  • the number of terminal -COOH groups is zero where R 2 is a carboxyl protecting group and is 1 where R 2 is OH.
  • Mimic is an amount that is effective for treating or preventing a Condition.
  • HDL free cholesterol means the amount of cholesterol having a free hydroxyl group (“free cholesterol”) that is contained within HDL particles in the serum.
  • the HDL particles can be formed from an ApoA-I Mimic/ lipid complex.
  • HDL total cholesterol means the amount of free cholesterol plus the amount of cholesterol having a hydroxyl group that has been esterified (“esterified cholesterol”) that is contained within HDL particles in the serum.
  • the HDL particles can be formed from an ApoA-I Mimic/ lipid complex.
  • amino acid residue includes genetically encoded amino acid residues and non-genetically encoded amino acid residues.
  • Non-genetically encoded amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, ⁇ -alanine ( ⁇ -Ala); 2,3-diaminopropionic acid (Dpr); nipecotic acid (Nip); pipecolic acid (Pip); ornithine (Orn); citrulline (Cit); t-butylalanine (t-BuA); 2-t- butylglycine (t-BuG); N-methylisoleucine (MeIIe); phenylglycine (PhG); cyclohexylalanine (ChA); norleucine (NIe); naphthylalanine (NaI); 4- chlorophenylalanine (Phe(4-Cl)); 2-fluorophenylalanine (Phe(2-F)); 3- fluorophenylalanine (Phe(3-F)); 4-fluorophenylalanine (Phe(4-F)); penicillamine (Pen
  • Non-genetically encoded amino acid residues include 3- aminopropionic acid; 4-aminobutyric acid; isonipecotic acid (Inp); aza-pipecolic acid (azPip); aza-proline (azPro); ⁇ -aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); ⁇ -aminohexanoic acid (Aha); ⁇ -aminovaleric acid (Ava); N-methylglycine (MeGIy).
  • “Chiral,” as used herein to refer to an amino acid residue, means an amino acid residue having at least one chiral center.
  • the chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue.
  • L-amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, GIn, GIu, His, lie, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Tyr, VaI, ⁇ -Ala, Dpr, Nip, Orn, Cit, t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIIe, PhG, ChA, NIe, NaI, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe(3-F), Phe(4-F), Pen, Tic, Thi, MSO, hArg, AcLys, Dbu, Dab, Phe(pNH 2 ), MeVaI, hCys, hPhe, hSer
  • the chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue.
  • D-amino acid residues include, but are not limited to D-AIa, D- Arg, D- Asn, D-Asp, D-Cys, D-GIn, D-GIu, D-His, D-IIe, D-Leu, D-Lys, D-Met, D-Phe, D- Pro, D-Ser, D-Thr, D-Trp, D-Tyr, D-VaI, D- ⁇ -Ala, D-Dpr, D-Nip, D-Pip, D-Orn, D- Cit, D-t-BuA, D-t-BuG, D-MeIIe, D-PhG, D-ChA, D-NIe, D-NaI, D-Phe(4-Cl), D- Phe(2-F), D-Phe(3-F), D-Phe(4-F), D-P
  • Achiral as used herein to refer to an amino acid residue, means an amino acid residue that does not have a chiral center.
  • Examples of achiral amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, GIy, Inp, Aib, Aha, Ava, MeGIy, azPip, and azPro.
  • Aliphatic amino acid residue refers to an amino acid residue having an aliphatic hydrocarbon side chain.
  • Aliphatic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ala (A), VaI (V), Leu (L), lie (I), Pro (P), azPro, Pip, azPip, ⁇ -Ala, Aib, t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIIe, ChA, NIe, MeVaI, Inp, Nip, hPro, D-AIa, D-VaI, D-Leu, D-IIe, D-Pro, D- ⁇ -Ala, D-t-BuA, D-t- BuG, D-MeIIe, D-NIe, D-MeVaI, D-Nip, D-Pip, D-ChA, and D-hPro.
  • the aliphatic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aliphatic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aliphatic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
  • Hydrophobic amino acid residue refers to an amino acid residue exhibiting a hydrophobicity of less than zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg et al., 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-142.
  • Hydrophilic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Pro (P), GIy (G), Thr (T), Ser (S), His (H), GIu (E), Asn (N), GIn (Q), Asp (D), Lys (K) Arg (R), Dpr, Orn, Cit, Pen, MSO, hArg, AcLys, Dbu, Dab, Phe(p-NH 2 ), hCys, hSer, Hyp, D-Pro, D-Thr, D-Ser, D-His, D-GIu, D-Asn, D-GIn, D-Asp, D-Lys, D-Arg, D-Dpr, D-Orn, D-Cit, D-Pen, D-MSO, D-hArg, D-AcLys, D-Dbu, D-Dab, D- Phe(p-NH 2 ), D-hCys, D-hSer, and D-Hyp.
  • the hydrophilic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is an acidic L- amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic achiral amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is a basic L- amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic achiral amino acid residue.
  • Hydrophobic amino acid residue refers to an amino acid residue exhibiting a hydrophobicity of greater than zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg, 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179: 125-142.
  • Hydrophobic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, lie (I), Phe (F), VaI (V), Leu (L), Trp (W), Met (M), Ala (A), GIy (G), Tyr (Y), ⁇ -Ala, Nip, t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIIe, PhG, ChA, NIe, NaI, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe(3-F), Phe(4-F), Tic, Thi, MeVaI, hPhe, hPro, 3-aminopropionic acid, 4 aminobutryic acid, Inp, Aib, Aha, Ava, MeGIy, D-Pro, D-IIe, D-Phe, D-VaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, D-Met, D-AIa, D-Tyr, D- ⁇ -Ala, D-Nip, D- t-BuA, D- t-BuG, D
  • the hydrophobic amino acid residue is an L- amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophobic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophobic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
  • Poly amino acid residue refers to a hydrophilic amino acid residue having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH, but which has at least one bond in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is held more closely by one of the atoms.
  • Polar amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Asn (N), GIn (Q), Ser (S), Thr (T), Cit, Pen, MSO, AcLys, hCys, hSer, Hyp, D-Asn, D-GIn, D-Ser, D-Thr, D-Cit, D-Pen, D-MSO, D-AcLys, D-hCys, D-hSer, and D-Hyp.
  • Other polar amino acids include, but are not limited to, C 1-4 lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
  • the polar amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the polar amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the polar amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
  • Acidic amino acid residue refers to a hydrophilic amino acid residue having a side chain pK value of less than 7. Acidic amino acid residues typically have negatively charged side chains at physiological pH due to loss of a hydrogen ion. Acidic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, GIu (E), Asp (D), D-GIu, and D-Asp. Other acidic amino acids include, but are not limited to, C 1 ⁇ lateral chain analogs having the following formula: , wherein n is an integer from 1 to 4. In one embodiment, the acidic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the acidic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the acidic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
  • Basic amino acid residue refers to a hydrophilic amino acid residue having a side chain pK value of greater than 7.
  • Basic amino acid residues typically have positively charged side chains at physiological pH due to association with a hydronium ion.
  • Basic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, His (H), Arg (R), Lys (K), Dpr, Orn, hArg, Dbu, Dab, Phe(p-NH 2 ), D-His, D-Arg, D-Lys, D-Dpr, D-Orn, D-hArg, D-Dbu, D-Dab, and D- Phe(p-NH 2 ).
  • Other basic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, C 1 ⁇ lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
  • the basic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the basic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the basic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
  • Nonpolar amino acid residue refers to a hydrophobic amino acid residue having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH and which has bonds in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is held substantially equally by each of the two atoms (i.e., the side chain is not polar).
  • Non-polar amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Leu (L), VaI (V), lie (I), Met (M), GIy (G), Ala (A), Pro (P), azPro, Pip, azPip, ⁇ -Ala, Nip, t-BuG, MeIIe, ChA, NIe, MeVaI, hPro, 3-aminopropionic acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, Inp, Aib, Aha, Ava, MeGIy, D-Leu, D-VaI, D-IIe, D-Met, D- AIa, D-Pro, D- ⁇ -Ala, D-Inp, D-t-BuG, D-MeIIe, D-ChA, D-NIe, D-MeVaI, D-Nip, D- Pip, and D-hPro.
  • Other non-polar amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ci_ 4 lateral chain analogs having the
  • the non-polar amino acid residue is an L- amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the non-polar amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the non-polar amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
  • Aromatic amino acid residue refers to a hydrophobic amino acid residue with a side chain having at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • the aromatic or heteroaromatic ring can contain one or more substituents such as -OH, -SH, -CN, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -NO 2 , -NO, -NH 2 , - NHR, -NRR, -C(O)R, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(O)NHR, -C(O)NRR where each R is independently (C 1 -C O ) alkyl, substituted (C 1 -C O ) alkyl, 5-26-membered aryl, and substituted 5-26-membered aryl.
  • Aromatic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Phe (F), Tyr (Y), Trp (W), PhG, NaI, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe(3-F), Phe(4-F), Tic, Thi, hPhe, D-Phe, D-Tyr and D-Trp, D-PhG, D-NaI, D-Phe(4-Cl), D- Phe(2-F), D-Phe(3-F), D- Phe(4-F), D-Tic, D-Thi, and D-hPhe.
  • aromatic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ci ⁇ lateral chain analogs having the following formulas: one embodiment, the aromatic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aromatic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aromatic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
  • amino acid residues having side chains exhibiting two or more physical-chemical properties can be included in multiple categories.
  • amino acid side chains having aromatic moieties that are further substituted with polar substituents, such as Tyr (Y) or its corresponding D- enantiomer can exhibit both aromatic hydrophobic properties and polar or hydrophilic properties, and can therefore be included in both the aromatic and polar categories.
  • polar substituents such as Tyr (Y) or its corresponding D- enantiomer
  • the amino acid residue Cys (C) or its corresponding D- enantiomer can form disulfide bridges with other Cys (C) residues or their corresponding D-enantiomers or with other sulfanyl-containing amino acids.
  • the ability of Cys (C) residues (and other amino acids with -SH containing side chains) to exist in a peptide in either the reduced free -SH or oxidized disulfide-bridged form affects whether Cys (C) residues or their corresponding D-enantiomers contribute net hydrophobic or hydrophilic character to a peptide.
  • Cys (C) or its corresponding D-enantiomer exhibits a hydrophobicity of 0.29 according to the normalized consensus scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, supra), it is to be understood that for purposes of the present invention Cys (C) and its corresponding D-enantiomer are categorized as polar hydrophilic amino acids, notwithstanding the general classifications defined above.
  • the invention provides 15- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula I
  • X 1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI
  • X 11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X 16 is an an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue or an achiral, D-, or L- basic amino acid residue;
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to eight of residues X 2 to X 22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula I
  • X 1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 6 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI
  • X 11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X 16 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe
  • X 20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip; Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; R 1 is H or an amino protecting group; R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal
  • the invention provides 15- to 21-residue peptides having the following Formula I
  • X 2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 6 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
  • X 11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X I is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • Y is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein one to eight of residues X 2 to X 22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the peptide of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is 22 amino acid residues in length and X 1 is absent.
  • X 2 and X 4 are both Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn.
  • X is GIn, Lys, D-GIn, or D-Lys.
  • X 9 is an acidic amino acid residue.
  • X 12 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D- GIu, D- Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg.
  • X 13 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D- GIu, D- Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg.
  • X 1 is an acidic amino acid residue.
  • X 17 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn.
  • X 21 is Leu or D-Leu.
  • X 22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu.
  • X 1 is absent;
  • X 13 is an acidic amino acid residue, Arg, or D-Arg;
  • X 14 is a basic amino acid residue, Asn, GIu, D-Asn, or D-GIu; and
  • X 2 to X 12 and X 15 to X 23 are as defined above in Formula I.
  • X 1 is absent;
  • X 2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 3 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 5 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D- Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
  • X 6 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D-Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D- Asn;
  • X 7 is Leu, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
  • X 8 is Ala, Trp, GIy, Leu, Phe, NaI, D-AIa, D-Trp, D-Leu, D-Phe, or D-NaI;
  • X 9 is Asp, GIu, GIn, Lys, D-Asp, D-GIu, D-GIn, or D-Lys;
  • X 11 is Leu, GIy, D-
  • D-GIu is Asn, GIu, D-Asn, or D-GIu;
  • X 14 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 15 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 16 is GIu or D-GIu;
  • X 17 is Arg, Lys, D-Arg, or D-Lys;
  • X 18 is Phe or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 21 is Leu or D-Leu; and/or X 22 is VaI or D-VaI; and
  • X 2 to X 8 , X 10 , X 11 , X 20 , and X 23 are as defined above in Formula I.
  • X 1 is absent;
  • X 2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 3 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 5 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D- Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
  • X 6 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D-Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D- Asn;
  • X 7 is Leu, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
  • X 8 is Ala, Trp, GIy, Leu, Phe, NaI, D-AIa, D-Trp, D-Leu, D-Phe, or D-NaI;
  • X 9 is GIu or D-GIu;
  • X 11 is Leu, D-Leu, GIy, or Aib;
  • X 12 is GIu or D-GIu;
  • X 1 is absent, only one of X and X is a basic amino acid residue, and the other of X 5 and X 6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn.
  • Y 1 or Y 2 is absent or is a sequence having from one to seven amino acid residues.
  • one or more of the amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence is an acidic amino acid residue.
  • one or more of the amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence is a basic amino acid residue.
  • one of X 5 and X 6 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-
  • X 5 and X 6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn.
  • each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue.
  • each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue.
  • X 1 is absent; one of X 7 , X 8 , X 10 , X 11 , X 14 , and
  • X 15 is GIy; and X 1 to X 6 , X 9 , X 12 , X 13 , and X 16 to X 23 are other than GIy.
  • X 1 is absent; X 11 is GIy; and each of X 7 , X 8 ,
  • X 10 , X 14 , and X 15 is other than GIy.
  • X 1 is absent;
  • X 2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X is Leu or D-Leu; X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X is GIn or D-GIn; X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X 7 is Leu, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI; X 8 is Ala, Trp, D-AIa, or D- Trp; X 9 is GIu or D-GIu; X 10 is Leu or D-Leu; X 11 is GIy; X 12 is GIu or D-GIu; X 13 is Asn or D-Asn; X 14 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X 15 is Leu or D-Leu; X 16 is GIu or
  • X is a peptide set forth in Table 3 below:
  • X 1 is absent; X 15 is GIy; and each of X 7 , X 8 ,
  • X 10 , X 11 , and X 14 is other than GIy.
  • the peptide of Formula I is:
  • Peptide 10 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 10); or
  • Peptide 102 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 102)
  • Peptide 222 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 222)
  • Peptide 314 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 314)
  • Peptide 406 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 406) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is absent; X 14 is GIy; and each of X 7 , X 8 ,
  • X 10 , X 11 , and X 15 is other than GIy.
  • the peptide of Formula I is:
  • Peptide 11 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 11); or
  • Peptide 103 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 103)
  • Peptide 223 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 223)
  • Peptide 315 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 315)
  • Peptide 407 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 407) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is absent; X 10 is GIy; and each of X 7 , X 8 ,
  • X 11 , X 14 , and X 15 is other than GIy.
  • the peptide of Formula I is:
  • Peptide 12 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 12); or
  • Peptide 104 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 104)
  • Peptide 224 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 224)
  • Peptide 316 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 316)
  • Peptide 408 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 408) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is absent; X 8 is GIy; and each of X 7 , X 10 ,
  • X 11 , X 14 , and X 15 is other than GIy.
  • the peptide of Formula I is:
  • Peptide 13 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 13); or Peptide 105 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 105)
  • Peptide 225 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 225)
  • Peptide 317 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 317)
  • Peptide 409 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 409) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is absent; X 7 is GIy; and each of X 8 , X 10 ,
  • X 11 , X 14 , and X 15 is other than GIy.
  • the peptide of Formula I is:
  • Peptide 14 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 14); or
  • Peptide 106 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 106)
  • Peptide 226 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 226)
  • Peptide 318 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 318)
  • Peptide 410 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 410) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is absent; and each of X 7 , X 8 , X 10 , X 11 , X 14 , and X 15 is other than GIy.
  • X 1 is absent;
  • X 2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 3 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; one of X 5 or X 6 is GIn or D-GIn and the other of X or X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 7 is Leu, NaI, D-Leu, or D- NaI;
  • X 8 is Ala, Leu, Trp, NaI, D-AIa, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
  • X 9 is GIu or D-GIu;
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
  • X 11 is Leu, D-Leu or Aib;
  • X 12 is GIu or D-GIu;
  • X 13 is Asn, GIn, D-Asn, or D-GIn;
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
  • X 21 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 22 is VaI, Leu, D-VaI, or D-Leu; and
  • X 23 is Inp. [00108] In another embodiment, X 1 is absent; X 2 is Lys or D-Lys; X 3 is Leu or
  • X 4 is Lys or D-Lys
  • X 5 is GIn or D-GIn
  • X 6 is Lys or D-Lys
  • X 7 is Leu or D- Leu
  • X 8 is Ala or D-AIa
  • X 9 is GIu or D-GIu
  • X 10 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 11 is Leu or D- Leu
  • X 12 is GIu or D-GIu
  • X 13 is Asn or D-Asn
  • X 14 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 15 is Leu or D- Leu
  • X 16 is GIu or D-GIu
  • X 17 is Arg or D-Arg
  • X 18 is Phe or D-Phe
  • X 19 is Leu or D- Leu
  • X 20 is Asp or D-Asp
  • X 21 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 22 is VaI or D-VaI
  • X 3 is other than Lys or D-Lys; X 9 is other than
  • Trp or D-Trp is other than GIu, Trp, D-GIu, or D-Trp; X 12 is other than Trp, Leu, D-Trp, or D-Leu; X 13 is other than Trp or D-Trp; X 1 is other than Lys, Trp, D-Lys, or D-Trp; X 16 is other than Trp or D-Trp; X 17 is other than Trp, Leu, D-Trp, or D-Leu; X 18 is other than Trp or D-Trp; X 19 is other than Lys, GIu, Trp, NaI, D-Lys, D-GIu, D- Trp, or D-NaI; and/or X is other than VaI or D-VaI.
  • the peptide of Formula I is one of the peptides set forth in Table 4 below:
  • the invention encompasses 14- to 22-residue peptides having the following Formula II
  • X I is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 2 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
  • X 5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue
  • X 6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X II is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 15 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 16 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 18 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues
  • Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues;
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group;
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to eight of residues X 1 to X 17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the invention encompasses 15- to 22-residue peptides having the following Formula II
  • X I is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 2 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
  • X 5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue
  • X 6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X II is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 15 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 16 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
  • X 18 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues
  • Y 2 is absent
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to three of residues X 1 to X 17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the invention encompasses 14-residue peptides having the following Formula II
  • X I is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 2 is Leu or D-Leu;
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
  • X 5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue
  • X 6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X II is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 1 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 16 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; rl8 i •s Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y A is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues
  • Y 2 is absent
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein four to eight of residues X 1 to X 17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the peptide of Formula II is an 18-residue peptide.
  • the peptide of Formula II is a peptide set forth in
  • the invention provides 15- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula III
  • X 1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X ⁇ 5 i •s GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
  • X 11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X 16 is an an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue or an achiral, D-, or L- basic amino acid residue;
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to eight of residues X 2 to X 22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue. [00117] In another embodiment, the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula III
  • X 1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI
  • X 11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X I is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group
  • each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue
  • each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue
  • each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue
  • each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the invention provides 15- to 21 -residue peptides having the following Formula III
  • X 1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
  • X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue
  • X 7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue
  • X 9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI
  • X 11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X 12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X I is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue
  • X rl7 i •s an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue
  • AS is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X r2 Z ⁇ 1 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X ⁇ 22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue
  • X ⁇ 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • Y 2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein one to eight of residues X 2 to X 22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
  • the peptide of Formula III is 22 amino acid residues in length and X 1 is absent.
  • the peptide of Formula III is a peptide set forth in
  • Peptide 186 Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln- Leu- Ala- Asp-Leu-Leu- Arg-Glu- Leu-Leu- Asn-Glu- Phe-Leu-Glu-Phe-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 186)
  • Peptide 187 Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln- Leu- Ala- Asp-Leu-Gly-Arg-Glu-Leu- Leu- Asn-Glu- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 187)
  • the present invention includes ApoA-I Mimics wherein one or more of its amide linkages is optionally replaced with a linkage other than amide, including, but not limited to, a substituted amide or an isostere of amide.
  • ApoA-I Mimics' amide linkages is substituted, such that the substituted amide linkage has the formula -C(O)NR'-, where R' is (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, (C5-C 2 0) aryl, (C 6 -C 26 ) alkaryl, 5-20 membered heteroaryl, or 6-26 membered alkheteroaryl.
  • R' is substituted with -OR, -SR, -NRR, -NO 2 , -CN, halogen, -SO 2 R, -C(O)R, -C(O)OR and -C(O)NRR, where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl.
  • Compounds having such non-amide linkages and methods for preparing such compounds are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Spatola, March 1983, Vega Data Vol.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics' amide linkages can be replaced with one or more peptidomimetic or amide mimetic moieties that do not significantly interfere with the structure or activity of the peptides. Suitable amide mimetic moieties are described, for example, in Olson et al., 1993, J. Med. Chem. 36:3039-3049.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the salt can be formed at the C-terminus or N- terminus or at an acidic or basic amino acid residue side chain.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a metal salt, organic amine salt, or acid addition salt.
  • Metal salts can arise from the addition of an inorganic base to the peptide of Formula I, II, or III.
  • the inorganic base consists of a metal cation paired with a basic couterion such as, for example, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or phosphate.
  • the metal may be an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, transition metal, or main group metal.
  • the metal is lithium, sodium, potassium, cerium, magnesium, manganese, iron, calcium, aluminum, or zinc.
  • Organic amine salts can arise from the addition of an organic amine to the peptide of Formula I, II, or III.
  • the organic amine is triethylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, morpholine, piperidine, N-methylpiperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, dibenzylamine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrazine, or pipyrazine.
  • Acid addition salts arise from the addition of an acid to the peptide of
  • the acid is organic. In some embodiments, the acid is inorganic. In other embodiments, the acid is hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfurous acid, a phosphoric acid, isonicotinic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric acid, ascorbic acid, gentisinic acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, saccaric acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, pantothenic acid, acetic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, or maleic acid.
  • the acid addition salt is a hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, sulfite, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, tartrate, bitartrate, ascorbate, gentisinate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccarate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, pantothenate, acetate, fumarate, succinate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluylsulfonate, citrate, or maleate salt.
  • R 1 is an amino protecting group.
  • the amino protecting group is: (Ci-C ⁇ ) alkyl, (C 2 -C O ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C O ) alkynyl, (C5-C 2 6) aryl, (C 6 -C 2 O aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26- membered alkheteroaryl; -C(O)R; -C(O)OR; -SO 2 R; or -SR, wherein R is H or (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, (C 5 -C 26 ) aryl, (C 6 -C 26 aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl.
  • the (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, (C 5 -C 26 ) aryl, (C 6 -C 26 aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl is substituted with one or more of -OR a , -SR a , -NR a R a , -NO 2 , -CN, halogen, -SO 2 R 3 , -C(0)R a , -C(O)OR 3 and -C(O)NR 3 R 3 , where each R 3 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl.
  • R 1 is H, the number of amino protecting groups in the ApoA-I Mimic is zero; and when R 1 is an amino protecting group, the number of amino protecting groups in the ApoA- I Mimic is 1.
  • the amino protecting group is: dansyl; methoxycarbonyl; ethoxycarbonyl; 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl; 2- chloroethoxycarbonyl; 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl; 2-phenylethoxycarbonyl; t- butoxycarbonyl; benzyloxycarbonyl; p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; p- nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl; p- chlorobenzyloxycarbonylj p-iodobenzyloxycarbonyl; 2,4-dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl; diphenylmethoxycarbonyl; 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; phenoxycarbonyl; 2,4,6-tri-z-butylpenoxycarbonyl; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyloxy
  • R 2 is a carboxyl protecting group.
  • the carboxyl protecting group is: 0-(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, 0-(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, 0-(C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, 0-(C 5 -C 26 ) aryl, 0-(C 6 -C 26 aralkyl), O-(5- to 20-membered heteroaryl), or O-(6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl); or -NRR, wherein R is H or (C 1 - C 6 ) alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, (C 5 -C 26 ) aryl, (C 6 -C 26 aralkyl), 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl.
  • the (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, (C 5 -C 26 ) aryl, (C 6 -C 26 aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl is substituted with one or more of -OR a , -SR a , -NR a R a , -NO 2 , -CN, halogen, -SO 2 R a , -C(0)R a , -C(O)OR 3 and -C(0)NR a R a , where each R a is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl.
  • R 1 is H, the number of carboxyl protecting groups in the ApoA-I Mimic is zero; and when R 1 is a carboxyl protecting group, the number of carboxyl protecting groups in the ApoA-
  • the carboxyl protecting group is methoxy; ethoxy; 9-fluorenylmethoxy; methoxymethoxy; methylthiomethoxy; tetrahydropyranoxy; tetrahydrofuranoxy; methoxyethoxymethoxy; benzyloxymethoxy; phenacyloxy; /?-bromophenacyloxy; ⁇ -methylphenacyloxy; p- methoxyphenacyloxy; desyloxy; 2-chloroethoxy; 2,2,2-thrichloroethoxy, 2- methylthioethoxy; 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)methoxy; z-butoxy; cyclopentoxy; cyclohexoxy; allyloxy; methallyloxy; cinnamoxy; ⁇ -methylcinnamoxy; phenoxy; 2,6- dimethylphenoxy; 2,6-diisopropylphenoxy; benzyloxy
  • -COOH groups are protected with a protecting group.
  • one or more of the following groups are protected with a protecting group.
  • -NH 2 groups are protected with an amino protecting group as described above.
  • one or more -COOH groups are protected with a carboxyl protecting group as described above.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics have the ability to form an amphipathic ⁇ -helix in the presence of one or more lipids.
  • amphipathic is meant that the ⁇ -helix has opposing hydrophilic and hydrophobic faces oriented along its long axis, i.e., one face of the helix projects mainly hydrophilic side chains while the opposite face projects mainly hydrophobic side chains.
  • FIGS. IA and IB present two illustrative views of the opposing hydrophilic and hydrophobic faces of an exemplary idealized amphipathic ⁇ -helix.
  • FIG. IA is a Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel diagram (Schiffer and Edmundson, 1967, Biophys.
  • FIG. IB presents a helical net diagram of the idealized amphipathic helix of FIG. IA.
  • the ⁇ -helix is presented as a cylinder that has been cut along the center of its hydrophilic face and flattened.
  • the center of the hydrophobic face determined by the hydrophobic moment of the helix (Eisenberg et al., 1982, Nature 299:371-374), lies in the center of the figure and is oriented so as to rise out of the plane of the page.
  • FIG. 1C An illustration of the helical cylinder prior to being cut and flattened is depicted in FIG. 1C. By cutting the cylinder along different planes, different views of the same amphipathic helix can be observed, and different information about the properties of the helix obtained.
  • amphipathic helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics can be important for activity. These properties include the degree of amphipathicity, overall hydrophobicity, mean hydrophobicity, hydrophobic and hydrophilic angles, hydrophobic moment, mean hydrophobic moment, and net charge of the ⁇ -helix.
  • the degree of amphipathicity (degree of asymmetry of hydrophobicity) of the amphiphathic helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics can be conveniently quantified by calculating the hydrophobic moment ( ⁇ H ) of the helix.
  • Methods for calculating ⁇ for a particular peptide sequence are well-known in the art, and are described, for example in Eisenberg, 1984, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 53:595-623.
  • the actual ⁇ obtained for a particular peptide will depend on the total number of amino acid residues composing the peptide. Thus, it is generally not informative to directly compare ⁇ for peptides of different lengths.
  • the amphipathicities of peptides of different lengths can be directly compared by way of the mean hydrophobic moment ( ⁇ >).
  • ApoA-I Mimics which exhibit a ⁇ > in the range of 0.45 to 0.65, as determined using the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-142) are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • ⁇ > is in the range of 0.50 to 0.60.
  • ApoA-I Mimics that exhibit a mean hydrophobicity in the range of -0.050 to -0.070, as determined using the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-142) are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • the mean hydrophobicity is in the range of -0.030 to -0.055.
  • the total hydrophobicity of the hydrophobic face (H o pho ) of an amphipathic helix can be obtained by taking the sum of the hydrophobicities of the hydrophobic amino acid residues which fall into the hydrophobic angle as defined
  • ⁇ — ⁇ H; where H; is as previously defined and N H is the total number of hydrophobic amino acid residues in the hydrophobic face.
  • the mean hydrophobicity of the hydrophobic face ( ⁇ H o pho >) is H o pho /N H where N H is as defined above.
  • ApoA-I Mimics which exhibit a ⁇ H o pho > in the range of 0.90 to 1.20, as determined using the consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, supra; Eisenberg et al., 1982, supra) are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • the ⁇ H o pho > is in the range of 0.94 to 1.10.
  • the hydrophobic angle is generally defined as the angle or arc covered by the longest continuous stretch of hydrophobic amino acid residues when the peptide is arranged in the Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel representation (i.e., the number of contiguous hydrophobic residues on the wheel multiplied by 20°).
  • the hydrophilic angle is the difference between 360° and the pho angle (i.e., 360°-pho angle). Those of skill in the art will recognize that the pho and phi angles can depend, in part, on the number of amino acid residues in the peptide. For example, referring to FIG.
  • a "continuous" stretch of hydrophobic amino acid residues is meant that at least one amino acid residue at positions along the wheel containing two or more amino acid residues is a hydrophobic amino acid residue.
  • the pho angle is the arc covered by residues 16, 2, 6, 17, 10, 3, and 14 despite the occurrence of a hydrophilic residue at position 20, as the residue at position 2, which shares the same position on the wheel, is a hydrophobic residue.
  • ApoA-I Mimics having a pho angle in the range of 160° to 220° are considered to be within the scope of the invention. In some embodiments, the pho angle is in the range of 180° to 200°.
  • an illustrative ApoA-I Mimic, positively- charged amino acid residues are clustered at the last N-terminal turn of the helix. While not being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the cluster of basic residues at the N-terminus stabilizes the helix through charge (NH 3 + )-helix dipole electrostatic interactions. It is also thought that stabilization occurs through hydrophobic interactions between lysine side chains and the helix core (see, Groebke et al., 1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 93:4025-4029; Esposito et al., 1997, Biopolymers 41:27-35).
  • negative charges in Peptide 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are distributed on the rest of the hydrophilic face, with at least one negatively charged (acidic) amino acid residue per turn, resulting in a continuous stretch of negative charges along the hydrophilic face of the helix.
  • One positive charge is located at residue 16, which potentially contributes to helix stability by forming a salt bridge with an acidic residue one turn away on the helix.
  • hydrophobic cluster formed by residues 13, 14, 17, and 20 of Peptide 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is significant in effecting lipid binding and LCAT activation.
  • Amphipathic peptides are expected to bind phospholipids by pointing their hydrophobic faces towards the alkyl chains of the lipid moieties.
  • this highly hydrophobic cluster contributes to the strong lipid affinities observed for the ApoA-I Mimics of the invention. Since lipid binding is a prerequisite for LCAT activation, it is believed that this hydrophobic cluster is also essential for LCAT activation.
  • Aromatic residues can be important in anchoring peptides and proteins to lipids (De Kruijff, 1990, Biosci. Rep. 10:127-130; O'Neil and De Grado, 1990, Science 250:645-651; Blondelle et al., 1993, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1202:331-336).
  • Phe-17 which is positioned at the center of the hydrophobic cluster, may also play a key role in anchoring Peptide 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a lipid.
  • the long axis of the ⁇ -helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics typically has an overall curved shape.
  • the lengths of the hydrogen bonds of the hydrophilic and hydrophobic faces vary such that the hydrophobic side of the helix is concave (Barlow and Thornton, 1988, J. MoI. Biol. 201:601-619; Zhou et al., 1992, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 33:11174-11183; Gesell et al., 1997, J. Biomol. NMR 9:127-135).
  • the ApoA-I Mimics have the ability to form intermolecular hydrogen-bonds with one another when aligned in an antiparallel fashion with their hydrophobic faces pointing in the same direction, such as would be the case when the peptides are bound to lipids.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics also have the ability to form intramolecular hydrogen bonds or salt bridges near the N- and C-termini of the helix.
  • the helices are closely packed; there is no steric hindrance preventing close contact between the helices.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics have the ability to closely pack and ionically interact to form intra- and/or inter-molecular salt bridges and/or hydrogen bonds when bound to lipids in an antiparallel fashion.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can self-associate.
  • the self-association phenomenon depends on the conditions of pH, peptide concentration and ionic strength, and can result in several states of association, from monomeric to several multimeric forms (FIG. 4A).
  • the hydrophobic core of peptide aggregates favors hydrophobic interactions with lipids.
  • the ability of the peptides to aggregate even at very low concentrations may favor their binding to lipids. It is thought that in the core of the peptide aggregates peptide-peptide interactions also occur and may compete with lipid-peptide interactions.
  • the hydrophobic core of the aggregates of the ApoA-I Mimics favors hydrophobic interactions with lipids.
  • the ability of the ApoA-I Mimics to aggregate even at very low concentrations can favor their binding to lipids. Interactions between the ApoA-I Mimics and lipids lead to the formation of peptide-lipid complexes.
  • the type of complex obtained can depend on the lipid:peptide molar ratio, with comicelles generally being formed at low lipid:peptide molar ratios and discoidal and vesicular or multilayer complexes being formed with increasing lipid:peptide molar ratios.
  • Micelles are typically formed at ratios of about 2 moles of lipid: about 1 mole of ApoA-I or about 2 moles of lipid: about 6 to about 10 moles of ApoA-I Mimic.
  • Discoidal complexes are typically formed at ratios of about 50-100 moles of lipid: about 1 mole of ApoA-I or about 6 to about 10 moles of ApoA-I Mimic.
  • Vesicular complexes are typically formed at ratios of about 200 to about 300 moles of lipid: about 1 mole of ApoA-I or about 6 to about 10 moles of ApoA-I Mimic.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics have 22 amino acid residues or fewer. Indeed, truncated or internally deleted forms of Formula I, II, or III containing 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, or even 15 amino acid residues that substantially retain the overall characteristics and properties of the amphipathic helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • Mimics are obtained by deleting one or more amino acid residues from the N-and/or C-terminus.
  • Internally deleted forms of the ApoA-I Mimics are obtained by deleting one or more amino acid residues from internal positions within the ApoA-I Mimics.
  • the internal amino acid residues deleted can be consecutive residues or non- consecutive residues.
  • deleting an internal amino acid residue from an ApoA-I Mimic can cause the plane of the hydrophilic- hydrophobic interface of the helix to rotate by 100° at the point of the deletion. As such rotations can significantly alter the amphipathic properties of the resultant helix, in one embodiment of the invention one or more amino acid residues are deleted so as to substantially retain the alignment of the plane of the hydrophilic-hydrophobic interface along the entire long axis of the helix.
  • An idealized ⁇ -helix has 3.6 residues per turn.
  • groups of 3-4 consecutive or non-consecutive amino acid residues are deleted. Whether 3 amino acid residues or 4 amino acid residues are deleted can depend upon the position within the helix of the first residue to be deleted. Determining the appropriate number of consecutive or non-consecutive amino acid residues that constitute one complete helical turn from any particular starting point within an amphipathic helix is well within the capabilities of those of skill in the art.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can also be extended at one or both termini or internally with additional amino acid residues that do not substantially interfere with, and in some embodiments even enhance, the structural and/or functional properties of the peptides.
  • extended ApoA-I Mimics containing as many as 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, or 29 amino acid residues are also within the scope of the invention.
  • Such extended ApoA-I Mimics may substantially retain the net amphipathicity and other properties of the ApoA-I Mimics.
  • adding amino acid residues internally can rotate the plane of the hydrophobic -hydrophilic interface at the point of the insertion in a manner similar to that described above for internal deletions.
  • the considerations discussed above in connection with internal deletions apply to internal additions, as well.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics are extended at their N- and/or C-terminus by an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics are extended at their N- and/or C-terminus by least one helical turn. Such extensions stabilize the helical secondary structure in the presence of lipids, such as the end-cap amino acid residues and segments previously described.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics are extended at the N- terminus by a single basic amino acid residue, such as Lys (K).
  • X 1 is Lys
  • X 2 is Lys
  • X 3 is Leu
  • X 4 is Lys
  • X 5 is GIn
  • X 6 is Lys
  • X 7 is Leu
  • X 8 is Ala
  • X 9 is GIu
  • X 10 is Leu
  • X 11 is Leu
  • X 12 is GIu
  • X 13 is Asn
  • X 14 is Leu
  • X 15 is Leu
  • X 16 is GIu
  • X 17 is Arg
  • X 18 is Phe
  • X 19 is Leu
  • X 20 is Asp
  • X 21 is Leu
  • X 22 is VaI
  • X 23 is Inp.
  • ⁇ is an amino protecting group and/or R is a carboxy protecting group. It is believed that removing the N- and/or C-terminal charges of the ApoA-I Mimics having 18 or fewer amino acid residues (by synthesizing N-acylated peptide amides/ ester/ hydrazides/ alcohols and substitutions thereof) can result in mimics which approach, and in some embodiments even exceed, the activity of the unprotected form of the mimic.
  • Typical N-terminal blocking groups include RC(O)-, where R is -H, (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, (C 5 -C 20 ) aryl, (C 6 -C 26 ) alkaryl, 5-20 membered heteroaryl or 6-26 membered alkheteroaryl.
  • Particular N- terminal blocking groups include acetyl, formyl and dansyl.
  • Typical C-terminal blocking groups include -C(O)NRR and -C(O)OR, where each R is independently defined as above.
  • Particular C-terminal blocking groups include those where each R is independently methyl.
  • the structure of native ApoA-I contains eight helical units that are thought to act in concert to bind lipids (Nakagawa et al., 1985, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 107:7087-7092; Anantharamaiah et al., 1985, J. Biol. Chem. 260:10248-10262; Vanloo et al., 1991, J. Lipid Res. 32:1253-1264; Mendez et al., 1994, J. Clin. Invest. 94: 1698-1705; Palgunari et al., 1996, Arterioscler. Thromb. Vase. Biol. 16:328-338; Demoor et al., 1996, Eur.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics that comprise the multimers may be the peptides of Formula I, II, or III, analogs of Formula I, II, or III, altered forms of Formula I, II, or III, truncated or internally deleted forms of Formula I, II, or III, extended forms of Formula I, II, or III, and/or combinations thereof.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be connected in a head-to-tail fashion (i.e., N-terminus to C-terminus), a head-to-head fashion, (i.e., N-terminus to N-terminus), a tail-to-tail fashion (i.e., C-terminus to C- terminus), or combinations thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the multimers are tandem repeats of two, three, four and up to about ten ApoA-I Mimics. In one embodiment, the multimers are tandem repeats of from 2 to 8 peptides.
  • the invention provides multimers having the following structural formula: wherein: each m is independently an integer from 0 to 1, and in one embodiment m is 1; n is an integer from 0 to 10, and in one embodiment n is an integer from 0 to 8; each "HH” is independently a radical derived from an ApoA-I Mimic; and each "LL” independently represents a linker.
  • the linker LL can be any bifunctional molecule capable of covalently linking two peptides to one another.
  • suitable linkers are bifunctional molecules in which the functional groups are capable of being covalently attached to the N- and/or C-terminus of a peptide.
  • Functional groups suitable for attachment to the N- or C-terminus of peptides are well known in the art, as are suitable chemistries for effecting such covalent bond formation.
  • the linker can be flexible, rigid or semi-rigid, depending on the desired properties of the multimer.
  • Suitable linkers include, for example, amino acid residues such as Pro, azPro, Pip, azPip, or GIy or peptide segments containing from about 2 to about 5, 10, 15 or 20 or even more amino acid residues, bifunctional organic compounds such as H 2 N(CHz) n COOH, HO(CH 2 )nCOOH, and HO(CH 2 CH 2 O ⁇ CH 2 CH 2 COOH, where n is an integer from 1 to 12, and the like.
  • linkers examples include Hunig et al., 1974, Chem. Ber. 100:3039-3044; Basak et al., 1994, Bioconjug. Chem. 5(4):301-305).
  • the tandem repeats are internally punctuated by a single proline residue.
  • LL can be Pro, D-Pro, azPro, Pip, D-Pip, or azPip and m is 1.
  • cleavable linkers that permit the release of one or more helical segments (HH) under certain conditions.
  • Suitable cleavable linkers include peptides having sequences of amino acid residues that are recognized by proteases, oligonucleotides that can be cleaved by endonucleases and organic compounds that can be cleaved via chemical means, such as under acidic, basic or other conditions.
  • the cleavage conditions will be relatively mild so as not to denature or otherwise degrade the helical segments and/or non-cleaved linkers composing the multimers.
  • Peptide and oligonucleotide linkers that can be selectively cleaved, as well as means for cleaving the linkers are well known and will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • Suitable organic compound linkers that can be selectively cleaved will be apparent to those of skill in the art, and include those described, for example, in WO 94/08051 , as well as the references cited therein.
  • the linkers employed are peptides that are substrates for endogenous circulatory enzymes, thereby permitting the multimers to be selectively cleaved in vivo.
  • An endogenous enzyme suitable for cleaving the linkers is, for example, proapolipoprotein A-I propeptidase.
  • Appropriate enzymes, as well as peptide segments that act as substrates for such enzymes, are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Edelstein et al., 1983, J. Biol. Chem. 258:11430-11433; Zanis, 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2574-2578).
  • linkers of sufficient length and flexibility are used so as to permit the helical segments (HH) of structure (II) to align in an antiparallel fashion and form intermolecular hydrogen-bonds or salt bridges in the presence of lipids.
  • Linkers of sufficient length and flexibility include, but are not limited to, a residue or radical of Pro, D-Pro, azPro, Pip, D-Pip, azPip, GIy, Cys-Cys, H 2 N(CHz) n COOH, H0(CH 2 )nC00H, or HO(CH 2 CH 2 ⁇ )nCH 2 CH 2 COOH where n is 1 to 12, or 4 to 6; H 2 N-aryl-COOH and carbohydrates.
  • peptide linkers which correspond in primary sequence to the peptide segments connecting adjacent helices of the native apolipoproteins, including, for example, ApoA-I, ApoA-II, ApoA-IV, ApoC-I, ApoC- II, ApoC-III, ApoD, ApoE and ApoJ can be conveniently used to link the ApoA-I Mimics of Formula I.
  • linkers which permit the formation of intermolecular hydrogen bonds or salt bridges between tandem repeats of antiparallel helical segments include peptide reverse turns such as ⁇ -turns and ⁇ -turns, as well as organic molecules that mimic the structures of peptide ⁇ -turns and/or ⁇ -turns.
  • reverse turns are segments of peptide that reverse the direction of the polypeptide chain so as to allow a single polypeptide chain to adopt regions of antiparallel ⁇ -sheet or antiparallel ⁇ - helical structure.
  • ⁇ -Turns generally are composed of four amino acid residues and ⁇ - turns are generally composed of three amino acid residues.
  • ⁇ -turns depend primarily on the positions of certain amino acid residues in the turn (usually GIy, Asn or Pro). Generally, the type-I ⁇ -turn is compatible with any amino acid residue at positions 1 through 4 of the turn, except that Pro cannot occur at position 3. GIy predominates at position 4 and Pro predominates at position 2 of both type-I and type-II turns. Asp, Asn, Ser and Cys residues frequently occur at position 1, where their side chains often hydrogen-bond to the NH of residue 3.
  • type-II turns GIy and Asn occur most frequently at position 3, as they adopt the required backbone angles most easily. Ideally, type-I' turns have GIy at positions 2 and 3, and type-II' turns have GIy at position 2.
  • Type-III turns generally can have most amino acid residues, but type-III' turns usually require GIy at positions 2 and 3.
  • Type- Via and VIb turns generally have a cis peptide bond and Pro as an internal residue.
  • the linker (LL) can comprise an organic molecule or moiety that mimics the structure of a peptide ⁇ -turn or ⁇ -turn.
  • ⁇ -turn and/or ⁇ - turn mimetic moieties as well as methods for synthesizing peptides containing such moieties, are well known in the art, and include, among others, those described in Giannis and Kolter, 1993 Angew. Chem. Intl. Ed. Eng. 32:1244-1267; Kahn et al., 1988, J. Molecular Recognition 1:75-79; and Kahn et al., 1987, Tetrahedron Lett. 28: 1623-1626.
  • the multimers are in the form of branched networks (see, e.g. , FIG. 3).
  • Such networks are conveniently obtained through the use of multifunction linking moieties that permit more than two helical units to be attached to a simple linking moiety.
  • branched networks employ molecules having three, four or even more functional groups that are capable of covalently attaching to the N- and/or C-terminus of a peptide.
  • Suitable linking moieties include, for example, residues of amino acids having side chains bearing hydroxyl, sulfanyl, amino, carboxyl, amide and/or ester functionalities, such as, for example, Ser (S), Thr (T), Cys (C), Tyr (Y), Asn (N), GIn (Q), Lys (K), Arg (R), Orn, Asp (D) and GIu (E); as well as the corresponding D-enantiomer of each of the foregoing; or residues of other organic molecules containing such functional groups.
  • the helical segments attached to a single linking moiety need not be attached via like termini. Indeed, in some embodiments the helical segments are attached to a single linking moiety so as to be arranged in an antiparallel fashion, i.e., some of the helices are attached via their N-termini, others via their C-termini.
  • the helical segments can be attached directly to the linking moiety, or can be spaced from the linking moiety by way of one or more bifunctional linkers (LL), as previously described.
  • LL bifunctional linkers
  • a branched network can be described in terms of the number of "nodes” comprising the network, where each multifunctional linking moiety constitutes a node.
  • helical segments i.e., ApoA-I Mimics
  • multifunctional linking moieties or nodes
  • circles the number of lines emanating from the circle indicates the "order" (or number of functional groups) of the multifunctional linking moiety.
  • the number of nodes in the network will generally depend on the total desired number of helical segments, and will typically be from about 1 to 2. Of course, it will be appreciated that for a given number of desired helical segments, networks having higher order linking moieties will have fewer nodes. For example, referring to FIGS. 3 A and 3B, a tertiary-order network (i.e., a network having trifunctional linking moieties) of seven helical units has three nodes (FIG. 3A), whereas a quaternary order network (i.e., a network having tetrafunctional linking moieties) of seven helical units has only two nodes (FIG. 3B).
  • the networks can be of uniform order, i.e. , networks in which all nodes are, for example, trifunctional or tetrafunctional linking moieties, or can be of mixed order, e.g., networks in which the nodes are mixtures of, for example, trifunctional and tetrafunctional linking moieties.
  • the linking moieties need not be identical.
  • a tertiary order network can employ, for example, two, three, four or even more different trifunctional linking moieties.
  • the helical segments comprising the branched network can be, but need not be, identical.
  • FIG. 3C helical segments (i.e., ApoA-I Mimics) are illustrated as cylinders and multifunctional linking moieties as circles (•), where the number of lines emanating from the circle indicates the "order" (or number of functional groups) of the multifunctional linking moiety. Lines connecting helical segments represent bifunctional linkers LL, as previously described. Helical segments which comprise the branched networks can be tandem repeats of ApoA-I Mimics, as previously described.
  • branched networks of the invention are described by the formula:
  • each X is independently a radical derived from a multimer of the formula:
  • each HH is independently a radical derived from an ApoA-I Mimic
  • each LL is independently a bifunctional linker
  • each m is independently an integer from 0 to 1
  • each n is independently an integer from 0 to 8;
  • N y3 and N yb are each independently a multifunctional linking moiety where y a and y b represent the number of functional groups on N ya and N yb , respectively; each y a or y b is independently an integer from 3 to 8; and p is an integer from 0 to 7.
  • the branched network comprises a "Lys tree,” i.e., a network wherein the multifunctional linking moiety is one or more Lys (K) residues (see, e.g. , FIG. 3D).
  • each X is independently a radical derived from a multimer of the formula: each HH is independently a radical derived from an ApoA-I Mimic of Formula I; each LL is independently a bifunctional linker; each n is independently an integer from 0 to 8; each m is independently an integer from 0 to 1 ;
  • R 1 is -OR or -NRR; and each R is independently -H, (Ci -C 6 ) alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl; or (C 5 -C 26 ) aryl.
  • Peptide 458 Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln-Leu-Asp-Glu-Leu-Leu-Arg-Glu-Phe-Leu-Glu- Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 458)
  • Peptide 459 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Glu-Leu-Lys-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp- Leu- Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 459) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared using virtually any art-known technique for the preparation of peptides.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared using conventional step-wise solution or solid phase peptide syntheses, or recombinant DNA techniques.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared using conventional step-wise solution or solid phase synthesis (see, e.g., Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins, Williams et al., Eds., 1997, CRC Press, Boca Raton FIa., and references cited therein; Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, Atherton & Sheppard, Eds., 1989, IRL Press, Oxford, England, and references cited therein).
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared by way of segment condensation, as described, for example, in Liu et al., 1996, Tetrahedron Lett. 37(7):933-936; Baca, et al., 1995, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 117:1881-1887; Tarn et al., 1995, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 45:209-216; Schnolzer and Kent, 1992, Science 256:221-225; Liu and Tarn, 1994, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 116(10):4149-4153; Liu and Tarn, 1994, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • ApoA-I Mimics having N- and/or C-terminal capping groups can be prepared using standard techniques of organic chemistry. For example, methods for acylating the N-terminus of a peptide or amidating or esterifying the C-terminus of a peptide are well-known in the art. Modes of carrying other modifications at the N- and/or C-terminus will be apparent to those of skill in the art, as will modes of protecting any side-chain functionalities as can be necessary to attach terminal blocking groups.
  • ApoA-I Mimics that are in the form of tandem multimers can be conveniently synthesized by adding the linker(s) to the peptide chain at the appropriate step in the synthesis.
  • the helical segments can be synthesized and each segment reacted with the linker.
  • the actual method of synthesis will depend on the composition of the linker. Suitable protecting schemes and chemistries are well known, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • ApoA-I Mimics that are in the form of branched networks can be conveniently synthesized using the trimeric and tetrameric resins and chemistries described in Tarn, 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5409-5413 and Demoor et al., 1996, Eur. J. Biochem. 239:74-84. Modifying the synthetic resins and strategies to synthesize branched networks of higher or lower order, or which contain combinations of different ApoA-I Mimic helical segments, is well within the capabilities of those of skill in the art of peptide chemistry and/or organic chemistry.
  • Formation of disulfide linkages can be conducted in the presence of mild oxidizing agents. Chemical oxidizing agents can be used, or the ApoA-I Mimics can simply be exposed to atmospheric oxygen to effect these linkages.
  • oxidizing agents can be used, or the ApoA-I Mimics can simply be exposed to atmospheric oxygen to effect these linkages.
  • Various methods are known in the art, including those described, for example, by Tarn et al., 1979, Synthesis 955-957; Stewart et al., 1984, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d Ed., Pierce Chemical Company Rockford, 111.; Ahmed et al., 1975, J. Biol. Chem.
  • ApoA-I Mimics having one or more internal glycine residues can be synthesized in relatively high yield by way of segment condensation, thereby providing advantages for large-scale production.
  • Segment condensation i. e. , the joining together of small constituent peptide chains to form a larger peptide chain, has been used to prepare many biologically active peptides, including 44-amino acid residue mimics of ApoA-I (see, e.g., Nakagawa et al., 1985, J. Am Chem. Soc. 107:7087-7083; Nokihara et al., 1989, Peptides 1988:166-168; Kneib-Cordonnier et al., 1990, Int. J. Pept. Protein Res. 35:527-538).
  • Advantages of synthesis via segment condensation include the ability to condense pre-formed segments in the solution phase and the ease of purification of the final product.
  • Drawbacks of the method include low coupling efficiency and yield at the condensation step and low solubility of certain peptide sequences.
  • the coupling efficiency of the condensation step can be increased by increasing the coupling time. Typically, increasing the coupling time results in increased racemezation of the product (Sieber et al., 1970, HeIv. Chim. Acta 53:2135-2150). However, since glycine lacks a chiral center it does not undergo racemezation (proline residues, due to steric hindrance, also undergo little or no racemezation at long coupling times).
  • embodiments containing internal glycine residues can be synthesized in bulk in high yield via segment condensation by synthesizing constituent segments which take advantage of the fact that glycine residues do not undergo racemezation.
  • ApoA-I Mimics having one or more internal glycine residues provide synthetic advantages for large-scale bulk preparation.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic is composed entirely of genetically-encoded amino acid residues, or a portion of it is so composed, the ApoA-I Mimic or the relevant portion can also be synthesized using conventional recombinant genetic engineering techniques.
  • a polynucleotide sequence encoding the peptide is inserted into an appropriate expression vehicle, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence, or in the case of an RNA viral vector, the necessary elements for replication and translation.
  • the expression vehicle is then transfected into a suitable target cell which will express the peptide.
  • the expressed peptide is then isolated by procedures well-established in the art.
  • Methods for recombinant protein and peptide production are well known in the art (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989, Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, N. Y.; and Ausubel et al., 1989, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, N. Y. each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.)
  • the polynucleotide can be designed to encode multiple units of the peptide separated by enzymatic cleavage sites— either homopolymers (repeating peptide units) or heteropolymers (different peptides strung together) can be engineered in this way.
  • the resulting polypeptide can be cleaved (e.g. , by treatment with the appropriate enzyme) in order to recover the peptide units. This can increase the yield of peptides driven by a single promoter.
  • a polycistronic polynucleotide can be designed so that a single mRNA is transcribed which encodes multiple peptides (i.e., homopolymers or heteropolymers) each coding region operatively linked to a cap-independent translation control sequence; e.g., an internal ribosome entry site (IRES).
  • a cap-independent translation control sequence e.g., an internal ribosome entry site (IRES).
  • IRES internal ribosome entry site
  • the polycistronic construct directs the transcription of a single, large polycistronic mRNA which, in turn, directs the translation of multiple, individual peptides. This approach eliminates the production and enzymatic processing of polyproteins and can significantly increase yield of peptide driven by a single promoter.
  • a variety of host-expression vector systems can be utilized to express the ApoA-I Mimics. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA or plasmid DNA expression vectors containing an appropriate coding sequence; yeast or filamentous fungi transformed with recombinant yeast or fungi expression vectors containing an appropriate coding sequence; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing an appropriate coding sequence; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus or tobacco mosaic virus) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e.g., Ti plasmid) containing an appropriate coding sequence; or animal cell systems.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA or plasmid DNA expression vectors containing an appropriate coding sequence
  • the expression elements of the expression systems can vary in their strength and specificities.
  • any of a number of suitable transcription and translation elements can be used in the expression vector.
  • inducible promoters such as pL of bacteriophage ⁇ , plac, ptrp, ptac (ptrp-lac hybrid promoter) and the like can be used;
  • promoters such as the baculovirus polyhedron promoter can be used;
  • promoters derived from the genome of plant cells e.g., heat shock promoters; the promoter for the small subunit of RUBISCO; the promoter for the chlorophyll a/b binding protein
  • plant viruses e.g., the 35S RNA promoter of CaMV; the coat protein promoter of TMV
  • the expression of sequences encoding the ApoA-I Mimics can be driven by any of a number of promoters.
  • viral promoters such as the 35 S RNA and 19S RNA promoters of CaMV (Brisson et al., 1984, Nature 310:511-514), or the coat protein promoter of TMV (Takamatsu et al., 1987, EMBO J. 3:17-311) can be used; alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO (Coruzzi et al., 1984, EMBO J.
  • a coding sequence can be cloned into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedron gene) of the virus and placed under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example, the polyhedron promoter). Successful insertion of a coding sequence will result in inactivation of the polyhedron gene and production of non-occluded recombinant virus (i.e., virus lacking the proteinaceous coat coded for by the polyhedron gene).
  • a coding sequence can be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g. , the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence.
  • This chimeric gene can then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region El or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing peptide in infected hosts. (e.g., See Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 81:3655-3659).
  • the vaccinia 7.5 K promoter can be used, (see, e.g., Mackett et al., 1982, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 79:7415-7419; Mackett et al., 1984, J. Virol. 49:857-864; Panicali et al., 1982, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 79:4927-4931).
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be purified by art-known techniques such as reverse phase chromatography, high performance liquid chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, gel electrophoresis, affinity chromatography and the like.
  • the actual conditions used to purify a particular ApoA-I Mimic can depend, in part, on synthesis strategy and on factors such as net charge, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, etc., and will be apparent to those having skill in the art.
  • Multimeric branched peptides can be purified, e.g., by ion exchange or size exclusion chromatography.
  • any antibody which specifically binds the ApoA-I Mimic can be used.
  • various host animals including but not limited to rabbits, mice, rats, etc., can be immunized by injection with a peptide.
  • the peptide can be attached to a suitable carrier, such as BSA, by means of a side chain functional group or linkers attached to a side chain functional group.
  • adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum.
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Monoclonal antibodies to an ApoA-I Mimic can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique described by Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495-497, or Kaprowski, U.S. Pat. No. 4,376,110 which is incorporated by reference herein; the human B-cell hybridoma technique) Kosbor et al., 1983, Immunology Today 4:72; Cote et al., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
  • Antibody fragments which contain deletions of specific binding sites can be generated by known techniques.
  • fragments include but are not limited to F(ab') 2 fragments, which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments, which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab') 2 fragments.
  • Fab expression libraries can be constructed (Huse et al., 1989, Science 246:1275-1281) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for the peptide of interest.
  • Mimic can be attached, for example, to agarose, and the antibody-agarose complex is used in immunochromatography to purify peptides of the invention. See, Scopes, 1984, Protein Purification: Principles and Practice, Springer- Verlag New York, Inc., N. Y., Livingstone, 1974, Methods In Enzymology: Immunoaffinity Chromatography of Proteins 34:723-731.
  • the invention provides compositions comprising an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
  • compositions can be formulated for administration to a mammal by injection.
  • injectable preparations include sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions of the active ingredient in aqueous or oily vehicles.
  • the compositions can also comprise formulating agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agent.
  • the formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multidose containers, and can contain added preservatives.
  • the injectable formulation can be provided in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, including but not limited to sterile pyrogen free water, buffer, dextrose solution, etc., before use.
  • a suitable vehicle including but not limited to sterile pyrogen free water, buffer, dextrose solution, etc., before use.
  • an ApoA-I Mimic can be lyophilized, or a co-lyophilized peptide- lipid complex can be prepared.
  • the stored preparations can be supplied in unit dosage forms and re
  • the composition can be formulated as a depot preparation, for administration by implantation; e.g., subcutaneous, intradermal, or intramuscular injection.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic can be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives; e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt form of the ApoA-I Mimic.
  • compositions are administered intravenously.
  • transdermal delivery systems manufactured as an adhesive disc or patch which slowly releases the active ingredient for percutaneous absorption can be used.
  • permeation enhancers can be used to facilitate transdermal penetration of the ApoA-I Mimic.
  • a particular benefit can be achieved by incorporating the ApoA-I Mimic into a nitroglycerin patch for use in a mammal having a Condition such as ischemic heart disease or hypercholesterolemia.
  • compositions can take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g. , magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g. , potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate).
  • binding agents e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • lubricants e.g. , magnesium stearate, talc or silica
  • disintegrants e.g. ,
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g. , sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g. , lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g. , methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
  • the preparations can also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • Preparations for oral administration can be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the ApoA-I Mimic.
  • compositions can take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • active ingredient can be formulated as solutions (for retention enemas) suppositories or ointments.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges of e.g. gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of the ApoA-I Mimic and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • compositions can, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which can contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the ApoA-I Mimic.
  • the pack can for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device can be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the invention includes ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complexes, compositions thereof, and methods for their administration.
  • the complexes can have several advantages since they can have an increased half- life in the circulation, particularly when the complex has a similar size and density to HDL, and especially the pre- ⁇ -1 or pre- ⁇ -2 HDL populations.
  • the complexes can be conveniently be prepared using any of a number of methods described below. Stable preparations having a relatively long shelf life can be made by lyophilization, -the co-lyophilization procedure described below being one embodiment.
  • the lyophilized complexes can be used to prepare bulk for pharmaceutical reformulation, or to prepare individual aliquots or dosage units which can be reconstituted by rehydration with sterile water or an appropriate buffered solution prior to administration to a subject.
  • a variety of methods well known to those skilled in the art can be used to prepare the complexes.
  • a number of available techniques for preparing liposomes or proteoliposomes can be used.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic can be cosonicated (using a bath or probe sonicator) with appropriate lipids to form complexes.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic can be combined with preformed lipid vesicles resulting in the spontaneous formation of peptide-lipid complexes.
  • the complexes can be formed by a detergent dialysis method; e.g., a mixture of the ApoA-I Mimic, lipid and detergent is dialyzed to remove the detergent and reconstitute or form complexes (see, e.g., Jonas et al., 1986, Methods in Enzymol. 128:553-582).
  • a detergent dialysis method e.g., a mixture of the ApoA-I Mimic, lipid and detergent is dialyzed to remove the detergent and reconstitute or form complexes (see, e.g., Jonas et al., 1986, Methods in Enzymol. 128:553-582).
  • the complexes can be prepared by the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,004,925 ('"925 patent"), the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid are combined in a solvent system which co-solubilizes each ingredient and which can be completely removed by lyophilization.
  • solvent pairs are selected to ensure co-solubility of both the ApoA-I Mimic and the lipid.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic of the complex can be dissolved in an aqueous or organic solvent or mixture of solvents (solvent 1).
  • the lipid, such as a phospholipid, component is dissolved in an aqueous or organic solvent or mixture of solvents (solvent 2) which is miscible with solvent 1 , and the two solutions are mixed.
  • solvent 2 a solvent or mixture of solvents
  • the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid can be incorporated into a co-solvent system; i.e., a mixture of the miscible solvents.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid can be suspended in a solvent or mixture of solvents.
  • the mixture of solvents is a mixture of organic solvent and water. Examples of organic solvents include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, xylene, cyclohexane, and methanol.
  • solvent mixtures include, but are not limited to, acetic acid and xylene, acetic acid and cyclohexane, and methanol and xylene.
  • a suitable proportion of ApoA-I Mimic to lipids can be first determined empirically so that the resultant complexes possess the appropriate physical and chemical properties; i.e., usually (but not necessarily) similar in size to HDL.
  • the resultant mixture is frozen and lyophilized to dryness. Sometimes an additional solvent is added to the mixture to facilitate lyophilization. This lyophilized product may be stored for long periods and will typically remain stable.
  • the complexes can be prepared by co-lyophilization of the ApoA-I Mimic with peptide in solutions or suspensions.
  • the homogeneous solution of peptide and phospholipids of choice in an organic solvent or organic solvent mixture can be lyophilized, and peptide/phospholipid complexes can be formed spontaneously by hydration of the lyophilized powder with an aqueous buffer.
  • the lyophilized product may be reconstituted in order to obtain a solution or suspension of the complex.
  • the lyophilized powder is rehydrated with an aqueous solution to a suitable volume (often 5-20 mg peptide/mL which is convenient for intravenous injection).
  • the lyophilized powder is rehydrated with phosphate buffered saline, saline bicarbonate, or a physiological saline solution.
  • the pH of the mixture can be adjusted to 7.5-8.5.
  • the mixture can be agitated or vortexed to facilitate rehydration, and in most cases, the reconstitution step can be conducted at a temperature equal to or greater than the phase transition temperature of the lipid component of the complexes. Within minutes, a clear preparation of reconstituted lipid-protein complexes results.
  • An aliquot of the resultant reconstituted preparation can be characterized to confirm that the complexes in the preparation have the desired size distribution; e.g. , the size distribution of HDL. Characterization of the reconstituted preparation can be performed using any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, size exclusion filtration chromatography, gel filtration chromatography, column filtration chromatography, gel permeation chromatography, and native page electrophoresis. In one embodiment, the reconstituted preparation is characterized by gel filtration chromatography. The size of the resultant complexes may be determinative of their efficacy. In the examples described below, a Pharmacia Superose 6 FPLC gel filtration chromatography system is used.
  • the buffer that is used contains 150 mM NaCl in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH about 7.0 to about 9, in one embodiment 7.5-8.5, in another embodiment 7.4.
  • a typical sample volume is 20 to 200 microliters of complexes containing 5 mg peptide/mL.
  • the column flow rate is 0.5 mL/min.
  • a series of proteins of known molecular weight and Stokes' s diameter as well as human HDL are used as standards to calibrate the column. The proteins and lipoprotein complexes are monitored by absorbance or scattering of light of wavelength 254 or 280 nm.
  • the reconstituted preparation can also be characterized to determine the concentration, final pH and osmolality of resulting solution, as well as the concentration and integrities of peptide and individual lipids.
  • ApoA-I Mimic and lipid concentration of the complexes can be measured by any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, protein and phospholipid assays, and chromatographic methods such as high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC"), gel filtration chromatography, gas chromatography ("GC”).
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • GC gas chromatography
  • the chromatographs can be coupled with various detectors including, but not limited to, mass spectrometers, UV or diode-array, fluorescent, and elastic light scattering detectors.
  • the integrity of the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid in the complexes can be determined by the chromatographic techniques described above, as well as by amino acid analysis, thin layer chromatography, and standard assays to determine lipid oxidation for lipids.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex can be one or more of a variety of lipids, including, but not limited to, saturated, unsaturated, natural and synthetic lipids and phospholipids, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Typical salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, calcium, magnesium, and potassium salts.
  • Suitable lipids of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complexes include, but are not limited to, (C 1 -C O ) alkyl chain phospholipids, phosphatidylcholine (PC), egg phosphatidylcholine, soybean phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine, distearoylphosphatidylcholine l-myristoyl-2- palmitoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 -palmitoy 1 -2-myristoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 - palmitoyl-2-stearoylphosphatidylcholine, l-stearoyl-2-palmitoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 -palmitoy 1 -2-oleoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 -oleoy 1 -2-palmitylphosphatidylcho
  • PC phosphat
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a neutral phospholipid.
  • the neutral phospholipid can be any phospholipid that has a net charge of about zero at physiological pH.
  • the neutral phospholipid is a zwitterion that has a net charge of about zero at physiological pH.
  • the neutral phospholipid is a lecithin (also known as phosphatidylcholine).
  • the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 wt % lecithin. In other embodiments, the mixture of neutral phospholipids comprises about 100 wt % lecithin. In some embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 mole % lecithin. In other embodiments, the mixture of neutral phospholipids comprises about 100 mole % lecithin. [00238] In another embodiment, the neutral phospholipid is a sphingomyelin.
  • the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 wt % sphingomyelin. In other embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 100 wt % sphingomyelin. In some embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 mole % sphingomyelin. In other embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 100 mole % sphingomyelin.
  • the neutral phospholipid of the ApoA-I is the neutral phospholipid of the ApoA-I
  • Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises a lecithin and a sphingomyelin.
  • the molar ratio of lecithin to sphingomyelin can vary, but typically ranges from about 20: about 1 to about 1: about 20. In some embodiments, the lecithin: sphingomyelin molar ratio ranges from about 10: about 3 to about 10: about 6. In other embodiments, the lecithin: sphingomyelin molar ratio ranges from about 1: about 20 to about 3: about 10.
  • the neutral phospholipid of the ApoA-I is the neutral phospholipid of the ApoA-I
  • Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises lechitin, sphingomyelin and one or more additional neutral phospholipids.
  • the additional neutral phospholipid comprises from about 5 to about 100 wt % of the mixture.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a charged phospholipid.
  • Suitable charged phospholipids include, but are not limited to, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol and phosphatidic acid.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of at least one neutral phospholipid and at least one charged phospholipid.
  • the total amount of charged phospholipids(s) in the lipid mixture can vary, but typically ranges from about 0.2 to about 10 wt % of the lipid mixture.
  • the total amount of charged phospholipids(s) in the lipid mixture is about 0.2 to about 2 wt %, about 0.2 to about 3 wt %, about 0.2 to about 4 wt %, about 0.2 to about 5 wt %, about 0.2 to about 6 wt %, about 0.2 to about 7 wt %, about 0.2 to about 8 wt % or about 0.2 to about 9 wt % of the lipid mixture.
  • the total amount of charged phospholipids(s) in the lipid mixture is about 0.2, about 0.3, about 0.4, about 0.5, about 0.6, about 0.7, about 0.8, about 0.9, about 1.0, about 1.1, about 1.2, about 1.3, about 1.4, about 1.5, about 1.6, about 1.7, about 1.8, about 1.9, about 2.0, about 2.1, about 2.2, about 2.3, about 2.4, about 2.5, about 2.6, about 2.7, about 2.8, about 2.9 or about 3.0, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, or about 10 wt % of the lipid mixture.
  • the total amount of neutral phospholipid(s) in the lipid mixture can also vary, and can depend upon the amount of charged phospholipid(s) and any other lipids included. In one embodiment, the total amount of neutral phospholipids (s) in the lipid mixture is about about 90 to 99.8 wt % of the lipid mixure. In one embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin and a charged phospholipid. In another embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine ("DPPC"), and a charged phospholipid.
  • DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is sphingomyelin.
  • the spingomyelin is obtained from milk, egg or brain or made synthetically.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a sphingomyelin analog or derivative. Suitable sphingomyelin analogs or derivatives include, but are not limited to, palmitoylsphingomyelin, stearoylsphingomyelin, D-erythrose-sphingomyelin, and D- erythrose-dihydrosphingomyelin.
  • the sphingomyelin is artificially enriched in one particular saturated or unsaturated acyl chain.
  • milk sphingomyelin (Avanti Phospholipid, Alabaster, Ala.) has long saturated acyl chains.
  • Milk sphingomyelin comprises about 20% of C16:0 (16 carbon, saturated) acyl chain compared with egg sphingomyelin, which comprises 80% of C16:0.
  • milk sphingomyelin can be enriched in one particular acyl chain to obtain a composition having an acyl chain concentration comparable with, e.g., egg sphingomyelin.
  • Acyl chains that may be utilized by the invention include, but are not limited to saturated acyl chains (such as dipalmitoyl, distearoyl, diarachidonyl, and dibenzoyl acyl chains), unsaturated chains (such as diolcoyl chains), mixed chains of saturated and unsaturated acyl chains (such as palmitoyl or oleoyl chains), saturated and/or unsaturated chains of mixed lengths, and ether analogs of saturated and unsaturated acyl chains.
  • the sphingomyelin may be semi-synthetic such that it has a particular acyl chain.
  • milk sphingomyelin can first be purified from milk, then one particular acyl chain, e.g. , the C16:0 acyl chain, can be cleaved and replaced by another acyl chain (such as palmitic acid or oleic acid).
  • one particular acyl chain e.g. , the C16:0 acyl chain
  • another acyl chain such as palmitic acid or oleic acid
  • Sphingomyelin can also be entirely synthesized, by e.g. , large-scale synthesis. See, e.g. , Dong et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,220,043; Weis, 1999, Chem. Phys. Lipids 102(l-2):3-12.In one embodiment, a predefined saturation level and fatty acid composition is selected for the synthetic sphingomyelin.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimc/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin and another lipid.
  • the sphingomyelin typically comprises from about 25 to about 75 wt % of the mixture.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimc/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin and DPPC.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin, DPPC, and dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol ("DPPG").
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • DPPG dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol
  • the sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG are present in a weight or molar ratio of about 1: about 1: about 0.06, respectively. In another embodiment, the sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG are present in a molar ratio of 1.04: 1: 0.061, respectively. In another embodiment, the sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG are present in a weight ratio of 1: 1: 0.062, respectively. In another embodiment, the mixture is about 48.5 mole or weight % sphingomyelin, about 48.5 mole or weight % DPPC, and about 3 mole or weight % DPPG.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex comprises one or more additional peptides.
  • the additional peptide is ApoA- I.
  • ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 0.5 to about 1: about 5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 1 to about 1: about 5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 2 to about 1: about 5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 2.5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1 : about 3 to 1 : about 5.
  • the molar ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 2.5 to about 1: about 20. In another embodiment, the molar ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 9.2.
  • the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG
  • the peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG weight ratio is typically about 1: about 1: about 1: about 0.08, respectively.
  • the peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG weight ratio is 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, respectively.
  • the peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG molar ratio is typically about 1: about 4: about 4: about 0.03, respectively.
  • the peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG molar ratio is 1: 4.55: 4.36: 0.27, respectively.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex comprises about 40 to about 85 wt % lipid and about 15 to about 60 wt % peptide.
  • each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 2 to about 12 nm in diameter.
  • the helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics of the invention closely mimics the structural and functional properties of the amphipathic helical regions of native ApoA-I that are important for effecting lipid-binding, cholesterol efflux, and/or LCAT activation, thereby resulting in peptides that exhibit high ApoA-I-like activity.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics function by forming amphipathic helices (in the presence of lipids), binding lipids, forming pre- ⁇ -like or HDL-like complexes, activating LCAT, increasing serum HDL concentration and promoting cholesterol efflux.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics activate LCAT. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics do not activate LCAT. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics activate LCAT, but only to a degree that does not result in an acceleration of cholesterol esterification. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics activate LCAT, and thereby accelerate cholesterol esterification, but wherein the acceleration of cholesterol esterification due to LCAT activation, without more, is insufficient to treat or prevent a Condition.
  • the invention provides methods for treating or preventing a Condition, comprising administering an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic to a mammal in need thereof.
  • dyslipidemia examples include any disorder for which increasing serum HDL concentration, activating LCAT, and promoting cholesterol efflux and RCT is beneficial.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, hyperproteinemia (such as hyperchlyomicronemia), high low-density lipoprotein serum concentration, high very low-density lipoprotein serum concentration, hyperlipidemia (such as hypercholesterolemia or hyperglyceridemia (such as hypertriglyceridemia)), low high- density lipoprotein serum concentration, hypocholesterolemia, Abetalipoproteinemia, ApoA-I deficiency and Tangier disease.
  • hyperproteinemia such as hyperchlyomicronemia
  • hyperlipidemia such as hypercholesterolemia or hyperglyceridemia (such as hypertriglyceridemia)
  • low high- density lipoprotein serum concentration such as hypocholesterolemia, Abetalipoproteinemia, ApoA-I deficiency and Tangier disease.
  • cardiovascular disease examples include, but are not limited to, metabolic syndrome, ischemic heart disease, atherosclerosis, restenosis (e.g., preventing or treating atherosclerotic plaques which develop as a consequence of medical procedures such as balloon angioplasty), endotoxemia (which often results in septic shock), congestive heart failure (such as chronic or acute heart failure), circulatory shock, cardiomyopathy, cardiac transplant, myocardial infarction, a cardiac arrhythmia (such as atrial fibrillation), supraventricular tachycardia, atrial flutter, paroxysmal atrial tachycardia, aneurysm, angina, cerebrovascular accident (stroke), peripheral vascular disease, cerebrovascular disease, kidney disease, atherogenesis, therosclerosis, acute pancreatitis, and coronary artery disease.
  • metabolic syndrome e.g., preventing or treating atherosclerotic plaques which develop as a consequence of medical procedures such as balloon angioplasty), endotoxemia (which often
  • Endothelial dysfunction is any imbalance between the vasodilating and vasoconstricting factors and growth-inhibiting and growth-promoting factors produced by the endothelium. Endothelial dysfunction typically impairs the blood vessels' ability to dilate.
  • macrovascular disorders include any disorder of a large blood vessel. Such disorders include, but are not limited to, transient ischaemic attack, stroke, angina, myocardial infarction, cardiac failure, and peripheral vascular disease.
  • microvascular disorders include any disorder of a small blood vessel.
  • Such disorders include, but are not limited to, diabetic retinopathy (nonproliferative, proliferative, macular oedema), microalbuminuria, macroalbuminuria, end stage renal disease, erectile dysfunction, autonomic neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy, osteomyelitis and lower limb ischaemia.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other drugs that are useful for treating a Condition.
  • Such therapies include, but are not limited to, simultaneous or sequential administration of the drugs involved.
  • methods for treating or preventing a Condition can further comprise administering one or more drugs from one or more of the following classes: ACE (angiotensin converting enzyme) inhibitors, beta blockers, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, diuretics, thrombolytic agents, and blood cholesterol- lowering agents.
  • ACE angiotensin converting enzyme
  • the methods of treating or preventing a Condition further comprise administering one or more of: cholestyramine, colestipol, colesevelam, gemfibrozil, ciprofibrate, clofibrate, fenofibrate, bezafibrate, ezetimibe, ramipril, verapamil , nicardipine, diltiazem, carvedilol, nadolol, isosorbide mononitrate, propranolol, isosorbide dinitrate, digoxin, furosemide, metoprolol tartrate, trandolapril, nitroglycerin, amlodipine besylate, oxycodone, clopidogrel, nifedipine, atenolol, lisinopril, aspirin, and lanoxin.
  • Condition can further comprise administering one or more of the cholesterol lowering drugs known to one of skill in the art; e.g. , bile-acid resins, niacin, and/or statins, such as atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and pitavastatin.
  • the cholesterol lowering drugs known to one of skill in the art; e.g. , bile-acid resins, niacin, and/or statins, such as atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and pitavastatin.
  • Such a regimen may produce particularly beneficial therapeutic effects since each drug acts on a different target in cholesterol synthesis and transport; i.e., bile-acid resins affect cholesterol recycling, the chylomicron and LDL population; niacin primarily affects the VLDL and LDL population; the statins inhibit cholesterol synthesis, decreasing the LDL population (and perhaps increasing LDL receptor expression); whereas the ApoA-I Mimics affect RCT, increase HDL, increase LCAT activity and promote cholesterol efflux.
  • bile-acid resins affect cholesterol recycling, the chylomicron and LDL population
  • niacin primarily affects the VLDL and LDL population
  • the statins inhibit cholesterol synthesis, decreasing the LDL population (and perhaps increasing LDL receptor expression)
  • the ApoA-I Mimics affect RCT, increase HDL, increase LCAT activity and promote cholesterol efflux.
  • methods for treating or preventing a Condition can further comprise administering a fibrate, such as clinofibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate, fenofibrate, and benzafibrate.
  • a fibrate such as clinofibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate, fenofibrate, and benzafibrate.
  • Condition can further comprise administering an anti-microbial agent and/or an antiinflammatory agent, for example, that is useful for treating septic shock induced by endotoxin.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be administered by any suitable route that ensures bioavailability in the circulation. This may be achieved by parenteral routes of administration, including intravenous (IV), intramuscular (IM), intradermal, subcutaneous (SC) and intraperitoneal (IP) injections. However, other routes of administration can be used. For example, absorption through the gastrointestinal tract may be accomplished by oral routes of administration (including but not limited to ingestion, buccal and sublingual routes) provided appropriate formulations (e.g., enteric coatings) are used to avoid or minimize degradation of the peptides, e.g., in the harsh environments of the oral mucosa, stomach and/or small intestine.
  • parenteral routes of administration including intravenous (IV), intramuscular (IM), intradermal, subcutaneous (SC) and intraperitoneal (IP) injections.
  • IV intravenous
  • IM intramuscular
  • SC subcutaneous
  • IP intraperitoneal
  • other routes of administration can be used.
  • formulations of the invention may be administered transcutaneously (e.g., transdermally), ocularly, or by inhalation. It will be appreciated that the route of administration chosen may vary with the condition, age and compliance of the recipient.
  • the actual dose of the ApoA-I Mimic used can vary with the route of administration, and can be adjusted to achieve circulating plasma concentrations of ApoA-I Mimic of 100 mg/L to 2 g/L. In one embodiment, the dose of ApoA-I Mimic is adjusted to achieve a serum level of free or complexed ApoA-I Mimic for at least 24 hours following administration that is in the range of about 10 mg/dL to 300 mg/dL higher than a baseline (initial) level prior to administration. [00269] The ApoA-I Mimics may be administered in a variety of different treatment regimens.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic is administered by injection at a dose between 0.5 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg once a week.
  • desirable serum levels may be maintained by continuous infusion or by intermittent infusion providing about 0.5 mg/kg/hr to 100 mg/kg/hr of the ApoA-I Mimic.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic is administered at a dose of about 20 mg/kg.
  • the ApoA-I Mime is administered by intravenous injection once or more per day.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic is administered by injection once every 3 to 15 days, once every 5 to 10 days, or once every 10 days.
  • the ApoA-I Mimic is administered in a series of maintenance injections, where the series of maintenance injections is administered once every 6 months to one year.
  • the series of maintenance injections can be administered, for example, over one day (perfusion to maintain a specified plasma level of complexes), several days (e.g. , four injections over a period of eight days) or several weeks (e.g., four injections over a period of four weeks).
  • an escalating dose of ApoA-I Mimic can be administered, starting with about 1 to 5 doses at amount of about 50 mg to about 200 mg per administration, then followed by repeated doses of about 200 mg to about 1 g per administration.
  • administration can be by slow infusion with a duration of more than one hour, by rapid infusion of one hour or less, or by a single bolus injection.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the ApoA-I Mimics may be determined using standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell culture or experimental animals for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 50 .
  • the ApoA-I Mimics exhibit large therapeutic indices.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics can be assayed for their ability to form ⁇ -helices in the presence of lipids, to bind lipids, to form complexes with lipids, to activate LCAT, to promote cholesterol efflux, etc.
  • ApoA-I Mimics are well-known in the art. Several methods are provided below. For example, the circular dichroism (CD) and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) assays described in the examples below can be used to analyze the structure of the ApoA-I Mimics, and particularly the degree of helicity in the presence of lipids. The ability to bind lipids can be determined using the fluorescence spectroscopy assay described in the examples below. The ability of the peptides and/or peptide analogues to activate LCAT can be readily determined using the LCAT activation described in the examples below The in vitro and in vivo assays described in the examples below can be used to evaluate the half- life, distribution, cholesterol efflux and effects on RCT.
  • CD circular dichroism
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • R is the lipid:peptide molar ratio.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics are screened for their ability to activate LCAT, as peptides which activate LCAT are particularly useful in the methods described herein.
  • ApoA-I Mimics exhibit at least about 38% LCAT activation as compared with native human ApoA-I (as determined using the LCAT activation assay described herein).
  • the ApoA-I Mimics exhibit 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% or even 90% LCAT activation as compared with native human ApoA-I.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics are useful in assays in vitro to measure serum
  • the present invention also relates to methods for measuring serum HDL concentration, comprising contacting serum HDL with an amount of ApoA-I Mimic that associates with the serum HDL and quantifying the amount of ApoA-I-associated HDL.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics may be used as markers for the subpopulation of HDL that is effective in reverse cholesterol transport ("RCT").
  • the ApoA-I Mimic may be added to or mixed with a mammalian serum sample comprising HDL; after an appropriate incubation time, the HDL component may be assayed by detecting the incorporated ApoA-I Mimic.
  • This may be accomplished using labeled ApoA-I Mimic (e.g. , radiolabels, fluorescent labels, enzyme labels, dyes, etc.), or by immunoassays using antibodies (or antibody fragments) specific for the ApoA-I Mimic.
  • labeled ApoA-I Mimics are useful in imaging procedures (e.g., CAT scans, MRI scans) to visualize the circulatory system, or to monitor RCT, or to visualize accumulation of HDL at fatty streaks, atherosclerotic lesions, etc. (where the HDL should be active in cholesterol efflux).
  • imaging procedures e.g., CAT scans, MRI scans
  • HDL should be active in cholesterol efflux
  • the invention further includes the following non-limiting, illustrative examples.
  • the ApoA-I Mimics are prepared by solid phase peptide synthesis
  • SPPS Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) chemistry.
  • the C-terminal residue is covalently bound to a 4-methylbenzhydrylamine (MBHA) resin.
  • MBHA 4-methylbenzhydrylamine
  • the other amino acid residues are then incorporated by repetitive removal of the Fmoc protecting group and coupling of protected amino acid.
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • the crude peptide is recovered by precipitation and dried. The identity of the crude peptide is confirmed by MS analysis and amino acid analysis.
  • Peptide 16 was synthesized on a solid phase support using Fmoc (9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) chemistry. The C-terminal isonipecotinyl residue was covalently bound to resin via a Wang type linker.
  • Protecting groups used for the amino acids were: t-Butyl group for GIu and Asp, Boc group for Lys, Pbf group for Arg, Trt group for Asn and GIn.
  • the peptide chain was assembled on the resin by repetitive removal of the Fmoc protecting group and coupling of protected amino acid. All amino acids were coupled following the same cycle: First, the Fmoc protecting group was removed in piperidine (35% in DMF) by three repeated cycles. (The Fmoc deprotection reaction took about 16 min.) After the removal of the Fmoc protecting group, the resin was washed with DMF in nine repeated cycles. The Fmoc protected amino acid residues (2eq) were then coupled with 2 equivalents of N,N'- diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC)/HOBt in a mixture of DMF and DCM (50/50).
  • DIC N,N'- diisopropylcarbodiimide
  • the coupling step took about one hour to overnight.
  • the ninhydrin test was used to determine whether the coupling reaction was complete. If the ninhydrin test indicated that the coupling reaction was incomplete, the coupling was repeated with a lower excess (0.5-1 eq) of amino acid, PYBOP, HOBt in DMF/DCM and DIEA. After the coupling step, the resin was washed with DMF in three repeated cycles. [00287] The peptide was then cleaved from the resin and deprotected.
  • the peptide was treated with TFA/H 2 O for cleavage and removal of the side chain protecting groups. Crude peptide was then precipitated from cold ether and collected by filtration.
  • Peptide 16 prepared according to Example 3 was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC (high pressure liquid chromatography) with a C18 stationary phase using a water/acetonitrile gradient (with TFA counter ion).
  • a Prochrom LCl 10 column was packed with a new or dedicated stationary C18 phase (grafted silica, 15 micron particle size, 120 Angstrom pore size). Packing of the column was controlled by a SST for the number of plates and the tailing factor.
  • the solvent volume for thewhole peak was collected, and concentrated on a rotary evaporator if the elution volume was too large.
  • the purified peptide solution was filtered through a sterile filtration capsule (0.22 micrometer), and lyophilized on a shelf freeze dryer.
  • HPLC analysis Purity was established by integration of the areas of all peaks (area normalization). The analysis was performed using a Waters Alliance HPLC system with: a module 2695 composed of a dual piston pump, a degasser, an automatic injection system, a Peltier regulated column oven; a UV detector module 2487; and Empower Pro Version 5.00 software.
  • the column used was a Symmetry C18 (5 ⁇ ) or equivalent, 250 x 4.6mm column.
  • the column temperature was 60 0 C.
  • Injections were eluted on a gradient profile at a flow rate of lmL/min. Eluent A is 0.1% TFA (e.g. Acros 13972) in milli-Q water, while eluent B is 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile HPLC gradient grade (e.g. SDS 00637G).
  • the gradient profile is shown below:
  • Peptide 16 was detected by UV absorbance at 210 nm. The run time was 45 min, with a delay of 22 min between injections for column wash out. Peptide 16 was weighed out in an HPLC vial and dissolved in purified water to provide a concentration of approximately 1.2 mg/mL. Peptide solutions were injected at 20 ⁇ L.
  • Example 7 Characterization of ApoA-I Mimics by LC-MS
  • a standard commercially available triple stage quadrupole mass spectrometer (model TSQ 700; Finnigan MAT, San Jose Calif., USA) is used for mass determination.
  • a pneumatically assisted electrospray (ESI) interface is used for sample introduction to the atmospheric pressure ionization source of the mass spectrometer.
  • the interface sprayer is operated at a positive potential of 4.5 kV.
  • the temperature of the steel capillary is held at 200 0 C, whereas the manifold is at 70 0 C.
  • Positive ions generated by this ion evaporation process enter the analyzer of the mass spectrometer.
  • the multiplier is adjusted to 1000 V.
  • the analyzer compartment of the mass spectrometer is at 4E-6. All acquisitions are performed at resolution ⁇ 1 ⁇ .
  • ApoA-I Mimics are analyzed by direct infusion of the purified ApoA-I
  • ABI Applied Biosystems microbore system consisting of a syringe pump (model 140B), an UV detector (model 785A) and an oven/injector (model 112A).
  • the solvent system consists of water (solvent A) and acetonitrile (solvent B), each containing 0.1% TFA.
  • ApoA-I Mimics are infused using either a gradient or isocratic conditions and are eluted from an Aquapore Cl 8 column. The flow rate is typically 300 ⁇ L/min. Concentration of each ApoA-I Mimic is about 0.03 mg/mL, 20 ⁇ L of which is injected (e.g., 30 pmol).
  • This system consists of three modules: a hydrolysis and derivatisation instrument, a reverse-phase HPLC and a data system. Peptide samples are applied (3 times in triplicate) on porous glass slides and subsequently hydrolyzed under gas phase conditions (155 0 C, 90 min.). After removal of the HCl, the resulting amino acids are converted to PTC-AA (Phenylthiocarbamoyl- amino acids) using PITC (Phenylisothiocyanate).
  • PTC-AA Phenylthiocarbamoyl- amino acids
  • Peptide 16 (about 700 ⁇ g) was hydrolyzed by 100 ⁇ L 6N HCl (e.g.
  • Pierce 24308 at 110 0 C for 20 hours into the constitutive amino acids which, after derivatization, were separated and quantified against a standard mixture of amino acids (amino acid Standard H e.g. Pierce 20088).
  • the amino acids were derivatized using o-phtalaldehyde (OPA-reagent e.g. Fluka 5061-3335) and 9- fluorenylmethylchloroformate (Fmoc-reagent e.g. Fluka 5061-3337), then injected on a C- 18 HPLC-column.
  • OPA-reagent e.g. Fluka 5061-3335
  • Fmoc-reagent e.g. Fluka 5061-3337
  • An Agilent 1100 HPLC with UV detector and Chemstation Software was used for the analysis.
  • the column used was a Hypersil ODS column 200 x 2.1 mm, 5 ⁇ m.
  • an ApoA-I Mimic is dissolved in 1 mL of glacial acetic acid in a 1 mL clear glass vial with cap. Dissolution of the peptide is aided by occasional vortexing over a period of 10 minutes at room temperature.
  • 50 mg of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPPC; Avanti Polar Lipids, 99% Purity, product #850355) and 50 mg of egg sphingomyelin (NOF) are dissolved in 1 mL of glacial acetic acid.
  • DPPG is dissolved in 90% glacial acetic acid 10% water mixture (v/v) at a concentration of 10 mg/mL.
  • DPPG dissolution is aided by incubation at 37°C.
  • ApoA-I Mimic, sphingomyelin, DPPC and DPPG solutions are mixed to obtain weight ratio of ApoA-I Mimic: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.35: 1.35: 0.30, respectively.
  • the resulting solution is frozen at -20 0 C and lyophilized for over 12h.
  • the lyophilized powder is hydrated in bicarbonate saline buffer (20 mM sodium bicarbonate, 130 mM NaCl, pH 8.2) to obtain 10 mg/mL final concentration of ApoA-I Mimic.
  • the mixture is agitated to facilitate rehydration.
  • the pH is adjusted with IN NaOH solution to pH 7.4.
  • To aid complex formation hydrated powder is incubated in a water bath at 50 0 C for 15 minutes following by keeping it at room temperature for 15 min. The heating and cooling is repeated until clear to translucent solution of ApoA-I Mimic/phospholipid complexes in buffer is obtained.
  • Example 12 Preparation of a Peptide 16/lipid complex by homogenization
  • a sodium phosphate buffer (12mM, pH 8.2) was prepared and heated to 50 0 C.
  • a DPPG dispersion was prepared by dispersing DPPG in buffer at a concentration of 45 mg/mL.
  • a peptide solution was prepared by dissolving Peptide 16 in buffer at a concentration of 30 mg/ml.
  • the pH of the peptide solution was adjusted to about 8.2 by addition of NaOH.
  • the peptide solution was then combined with the DPPG dispersion and incubated at 50 0 C until a clear solution was observed, forming a peptide/DPPG solution.
  • a sphingomyelin/DPPC dispersion was prepared by dispersing sphingomyelin and DPPC in buffer at a concentration of 38.3 mg/mL of each of sphingomyelin and DPPC. The sphingomyelin/DPPC dispersion was then mixed using high shear mixing.
  • peptide/DPPG solution and the sphingomyelin/DPPC solution were combined and homogenized using a high pressure homogenizer (Avestin C3) until the solution became translucent and complexes formed. Following homogenization, an isotonicity agent was added (130 mM NaCl). The solution was then sterile filtered and filled into glass vials. The final concentration of Peptide 16 in the solution was 15 mg/mL.
  • Example 13 Analysis of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex a. Size distribution of the complex
  • Example 12 was verified and the size distribution of the complexes was determined using Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the lipid content of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex prepared according to Example 12 was determined using an enzymatic assay utilizing the DAOS method.
  • the assay kit was manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd (Phospholipids C kit). Samples were diluted 75x using phosphate buffer. The enzymes in the assay kit hydrolyzed sphingomyelin and DPPC to release choline, which then reacted with several other enzymes to activate a blue pigment. The blue pigment was detected spectraphotometrically. Samples were quantified from a calibration curve made from dilutions of sodium cholate and the blue pigment. The hydrolyzed sphingomyelin and DPPC both contained choline and are thus quantified by this method.
  • Human HDL 2 is prepared as follows: 300 mL frozen human plasma
  • the column flow rate is 0.5 mL/min.
  • the column eluate is monitored by absorbance or scattering of light of wavelength 254 nm.
  • a series of proteins of known molecular weight and Stokes' diameter are used as standards to calibrate the column for the calculation of Stokes' diameters of the particles (Pharmacia Gel Filtration Calibration Kit Instruction Manual, Pharmacia Laboratory Separation, Piscataway, NJ. , revised April 1985).
  • Example 15 Determination of Peptide 16 in Rat and Monkey Plasma using Protein Precipitation with Liquid Chromatography and Tandem Mass Spectrometric Detection (LC-MS/MS)
  • Concentrations of Peptide 16 were determined in rat or monkey plasma over the concentration range 1 to 500 ⁇ g/mL range using blank matrix. Isotopically labeled Peptide 16 was used as an internal standard solution and added to thawed plasma samples. The samples were then subjected to protein precipitation using water: acetonitrile: TFA (70: 20: 10 v/v/v), followed by mixing and centrifugation. The supernatant was transferred to a clean 96 well plate and water:acetonitrile:TFA (70:30:0.1 v/v/v) was added to each well followed by mixing and centrifugation before LC-MS/MS analysis. The LC conditions were: Acquity UPLC and Turbo IonSpray (positive ion) (MS/MS), using a BEH Shield RP 18 column running a gradient of water: acetonitrile: TFA 0.1%.
  • Example 16 Measurement of pharmacokinetics of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex in rats
  • each cohort of animals had blood drawn at three different timepoints.
  • Plasma was separated following centrifugation and stored frozen at - 20 0 C until analysis.
  • Peptide levels were analyzed by LC-MS/MS as described in Example 8.
  • Pharmacokinetics parameters were determined from individual plasma concentrations by non-compartmental analysis using Kinetica 4.4.1.
  • the plasma levels of Peptide 16 increased rapidly post-dose, then were quantifiable up to 6 hr following the end of infusion in animals that were administered the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 and 30 mg/kg doses. Detectable levels of Peptide 16 were observed up to 12 hrs in animals treated with 60 mg/kg in both sexes. As expected for an intravenously administereddrug, the T max was immediate post dose.
  • the estimated half-life of circulating levels of Peptide 16 was between 0.5 and 5 hours in rats of both sexes, and it appeared to increase in a dose-dependent manner. The clearance and volume of distribution decreased with increasing dose. Based on the volume of distribution it could be inferred that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex was generally distributed in plasma.
  • Example 17 Measurement of pharmacokinetics of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex in monkeys
  • Animals in the vehicle control group received 130 mM sodium chloride in 12 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.2, intravenously at 10 mL/Kg.
  • Animals in the Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment groups received 15, 30 or 60 mg/kg administered every other day by intravenous infusion.
  • Blood was collected into tubes containing Na 3 EDTA as an anticoagulant, at baseline, at the end of infusion, and then at 1, 2, 6, 12, 24 and 48 hours post-dose. At each time point, approximately 1 mL of blood was drawn from the femoral vessel, while the animal was held restrained without any anesthesia. Plasma was separated following centrifugation and stored frozen at - 20 0 C until analysis.
  • Peptide 16 levels were analyzed by LC-MS/MS as described in Example 8. Pharmacokinetics parameters were determined from individual plasma concentrations by non-compartmental analysis using Kinetica 4.4.1. Peptide 16 was detected in plasma for up to 12 hr following the end of infusion in animals administered with the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 mg/kg in both sexes. Detectable levels of Peptide 16 were observed up to 24 hrs in animals treated with 30 and 60 mg/kg. The phospholipid levels also increased post dose, then returned to baseline levels over a similar timeframe to that of Peptide 16. As expected for an intravenously administereddrug, the T max was immediate post dose.
  • the estimated half- life of circulating levels of Peptide 16 was between 2 and 7 hours in monkeys of both sexes, and it appeared to increase in a dose-dependent manner. The clearance and volume of distribution decreased with increasing dose. Based on the volume of distribution it could be inferred that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex was distributed primarily in the plasma compartment.
  • Example 18 Cholesterol Mobilization in Rabbits a. Preparation of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex
  • Peptide 16 was synthesized by F-moc synthesis according to Example
  • Peptide 16 was then complexed with a mixture of sphingomyelin,
  • DPPG, and DPPC by co-lyophilization of solutions of Peptide 16, sphingomyelin, DPPG, and DPPC in a glacial acetic acid: water mixture.
  • the resultant lyophilized powder was reconstituted with buffer (sodium phosphate buffer, 12mM, pH 8.2) to form a suspension of Peptide 16/ lipid complex having a weight ratio of Peptide 16: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.35: 1.35: 0.30.
  • buffer sodium phosphate buffer, 12mM, pH 8.2
  • the animal room conditions were as follows: temperature, 22 ⁇ 2°C; relative humidity, 55+15%; and a 12 hour light/12 hour dark cycle.
  • Animals were acclimatized for at least 7 days before the beginning of the study. The animals received ad libitum a controlled pellet diet on a daily basis. Water was available ad libitum throughout the study.
  • Serum phospholipid (Phospholipid B, Kit # 990-54009, Wako
  • the Peptide 16/ lipid complex had a weight ratio of Peptide 16: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075 and a weight ratio of peptide: lipid of 1:
  • New Zealand male rabbits weighing between 3 to 4 kg were used to show an increase in HDL levels in rabbits by the Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
  • the animal room conditions were as follows: temperature, 22 ⁇ 2°C; relative humidity, 55+15%; and a 12 hour light/12 hour dark cycle.
  • Blood was collected at baseline, then 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 30 hr and 34 hr after initiating the infusion.
  • Blood samples were withdrawn from the jugular vein or from the marginal vein of the ear. Blood was withdrawn from the jugular vein using a syringe mounted with a needle with EDTA (approximately 1 mL of blood per sampling time). Immediately after collection, blood samples were kept at approximately 4°C to avoid alteration of the blood sample. Blood specimens were centrifuged (3500 g for 10 minutes at approximately 5°C). Plasma specimens were separated and aliquoted (3 aliquots of at least 200 ⁇ L (aliquots A, B, C)) and stored at approximately -80 0 C. The remaining blood clot was discarded.
  • Example 20 Dose Response of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex
  • the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at concentrations of 5, 10, or 15 mg/mL (based upon the peptide concentration) or a phosphate buffered saline vehicle control were administered, intravenously, at a rate of 1 mL/min to fasted animals at an infusion volume of 2 mL/kg. There were three animals per dose group. The final doses were 0, 10, 20 or 30 mg/kg. Blood was collected at baseline, then 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 30 hr and 34 hr after initiating the infusion. Plasma lipid and lipoprotein levels were then determined.
  • Lipoprotein levels were determined by HPLC size exclusion fractionation with inline free and total cholesterol detection according to a method described by Usui, S., Hara, Y., Hosaki, S., and Okazaki, M., A new on-line dual enzymatic method for simultaneous quantification of cholesterol and triglycerides in lipoproteins by HPLC. /. Lipid Res. 43, 805-814 (2002) The area under the main peaks corresponding to lipoproteins with the sizes of VLDL, LDL and HDL were integrated. The fraction of the free or total cholesterol in each peak was multiplied by the total plasma cholesterol or free cholesterol to determine the level of cholesterol in each fraction. Cholesterol ester levels in each fraction were determined by subtracting the free cholesterol from the total cholesterol in each fraction. In this model, increases in plasma or HDL cholesterol levels are indicative of tissue cholesterol mobilization and transfer to HDL.
  • Figure 9 shows the dose dependent increase plasma phospholipids following infusion of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex into rabbits.
  • This increase reflects the circulating levels of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex, since phopholipid is a component of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
  • Peptide 16 levels peaked within the first 30 minutes then decreased towards baseline levels.
  • a dose dependent increase in cholesterol mobilization was also observed. This was evident by the increase in both the total plasma cholesterol (Figure 10A) and total HDL cholesterol levels (Figure 1 IA). The majority of the cholesterol increase was in the form of free cholesterol ( Figures 10 and 11).
  • Example 21 Minimal Effective Dose of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex
  • Example 22 Effect of Infusion Rate on Efficacy of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex
  • lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5
  • lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5
  • the concentrations of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex in rat and monkey plasma were determined using a liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) technique.
  • Peptide 16 a component of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex, was extracted from plasma containing EDTA following precipitation of the protein fraction by acetonitrile.
  • the method measures the extracted Peptide 16 and an internal standard of an isotopically labeled-Peptide 16.
  • the extracts were reconstituted and the peptide assayed by ultra performance liquid chromatography combined with tandem mass spectrometers (MS/MS).
  • the calibration range of the method is 1 - 500 ⁇ g/mL with a sample volume of 25 ⁇ L.
  • the plasma levels of Peptide 16 increased rapidly post-dose, then were quantifiable up to 6 hr following the end of infusion in animals given the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 and 30 mg/kg doses. Detectable levels of peptide were observed up to 12 hrs in animals treated with 60 mg/kg in both sexes. . The phospholipid levels increased post dose, then returned to baseline levels over a similar timeframe to that of the peptide. Free cholesterol (unesterified) increased post infusion in a dose dependent manner indicative of cholesterol mobilization. This was followed by a decrease in cholesterol indicating that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex particles efficiently remove cholesterol from circulation. Similar patterns were observed on Day 0 and Day 26.
  • the toxicokinetics of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex were evaluated following dose administration in monkeys on Day 0 (First dose) and Day 26.
  • Animals in the vehicle control group received 130 mM sodium chloride in 12 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.2, intravenously at 10 mL/Kg.
  • Animals in the Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment groups received 15, 30 or 60 mg/kg given every second day by intravenous infusion. Blood was collected into tubes containing Na 3 EDTA as an anticoagulant, at baseline, at the end of infusion, and then at 1, 2, 6, 12, 24 and 48 hours post-dose on Day 0 and Day 26.
  • Peptide 16 could be detected in plasma for up to 12 hr following the end of infusion in animals given the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 mg/kg in both sexes. Detectable levels of peptide were observed up to 24 hrs in animals treated with 30 and 60 mg/kg. The phospholipid levels also increased post dose, then returned to baseline levels over a similar timeframe to that of the peptide. Free cholesterol (unesterified) increased post infusion in a dose dependent manner indicative of cholesterol mobilization. This was followed by a decrease in cholesterol indicating that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex particles efficiently remove cholesterol from circulation. Similar patterns were observed on Day 0 and Day 26.
  • the T max was immediate post dose.
  • the estimated half- life of circulating levels of Peptide 16 was between 2.11 and 4.58 hours in monkeys of both sexes, and it appeared to increase in a dose dependent manner.
  • Peptide formulations (A) Peptide 16; (B) Peptide 16/ DPPC complex
  • Formulations A, B, and C were each provided as solutions at a concentration of 15 mg/ml.
  • Plasma samples were analyzed for total cholesterol and unesterified cholesterol (kits from Biolabo - CEROOX- S OP002, CER00X-SOP003).
  • the cholesterol ester was calculated as the difference between total cholesterol and unesterified cholesterol.
  • X I is absent or a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
  • X 2 is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
  • X 3 is an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 4 is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
  • X 6 is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
  • X 7 is a hydrophobic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophobic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophobic L-amino acid residue;
  • X is a hydrophobic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophobic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophobic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 9 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
  • X II is GIy or an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 12 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
  • XX 1133 iiss aa hhyyddrroopphhiilliicc aacchhiirraall aammiinnoo aacciidd : residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
  • X 15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
  • X I is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 17 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 20 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 22 is an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
  • Y 1 is absent or a sequence of 1 to 7 amino acid residues, wherein each residue of the sequence is independently an achiral, D-, or L-amino acid residue;
  • Y 2 is absent or a sequence of 1 to 7 amino acid residues, wherein each residue of the sequence is independently an achiral, D-, or L-amino acid residue;
  • R 1 is H or an amino protecting group
  • R 2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; and wherein: (a) all amino acid residues, other than the terminal amino acid residues and residues immediately adjacent to the terminal amino acid residues, are achiral or L-amino acid residues; or (b) all amino acid residues, other than the terminal amino acid residues and residues immediately adjacent to the terminal amino acid residues, are achiral or D-amino acid residues.
  • X 3 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 7 is Leu, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
  • X 8 is Ala, NaI, Trp, GIy, Leu, Phe, D-AIa, D-NaI, D-Trp, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X II is Leu, GIy, Aib, or D-Leu;
  • X 22 is Ala, Leu, VaI, D-AIa, D-Leu, or D-VaI. 3. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 1, wherein:
  • X 1 is absent, Lys, or D-Lys
  • X 2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, Lys, Orn, D-GIn, D-Asn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 6 is GIn, Asn, Lys, Orn, D-GIn, D-Asn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 9 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
  • X 12 is GIu, Asp, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
  • X 13 is Asn, GIn, D-Asn or D-GIn;
  • X 16 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
  • X 17 is Lys, Arg, Orn, D-Lys, D-Arg, or D-Orn;
  • X 20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu.
  • X 1 is absent, Lys or D-Lys
  • X 2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 3 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, Lys, Orn, D-GIn, D-Asn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 6 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 7 is GIy, Leu, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
  • X 8 is Ala, NaI, Trp, Leu, Phe, GIy, D-AIa, D-NaI, D-Trp, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
  • X 9 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
  • X rl 1 l 1 is GIy, Leu, Aib, or D-Leu;
  • X Al is Lys, Arg, Orn, D-Lys, D-Arg, or D-Orn;
  • X 22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu.
  • X 5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D- Asn and X 6 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; or X 5 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn and X 6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn.
  • X 2 and X 4 are both Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 5 is GIn, Lys, D-GIn, or D-Lys;
  • X 9 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 12 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D-GIu, D-Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg;
  • X 13 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D-GIu, D-Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg;
  • X 16 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
  • X 17 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
  • X 21 is Leu or D-Leu
  • X 22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu. 13.
  • X 9 is GIn, Lys, D-GIn, D-Lys, an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Marine Sciences & Fisheries (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are peptides, compositions thereof, and methods for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, endothelial dysfunction, a macrovascular disorder, or a microvascular disorder.

Description

APOLIPOPROTEIN A-I MIMICS
Cross-Reference to Related Applications
[001] This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. provisional application Serial Nos. 61/152,962, filed February 16, 2009, 61/152,966, filed February 16, 2009, and 61/152,960, filed February 16, 2009, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Field of the Invention
[002] The invention provides peptides, compositions thereof, and methods for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, endothelial dysfunction, a macrovascular disorder, or a microvascular disorder.
Background of the Invention
[003] Cholesterol circulating in the human body is carried by plasma lipoproteins, which are particles of complex lipid and protein composition that transport lipids in the blood. Two types of plasma lipoproteins that carry cholesterol are low density lipoproteins ("LDL") and high density lipoproteins ("HDL"). LDL particles are believed to be responsible for the delivery of cholesterol from the liver (where it is synthesized or obtained from dietary sources) to extrahepatic tissues in the body. HDL particles, on the other hand, are believed to aid in the transport of cholesterol from the extrahepatic tissues to the liver, where the cholesterol is catabolized and eliminated. Such transport of cholesterol from the extrahepatic tissues to the liver is referred to as "reverse cholesterol transport."
[004] The reverse cholesterol transport ("RCT") pathway has three main steps: (i) cholesterol efflux, i.e., the initial removal of cholesterol from various pools of peripheral cells; (ii) cholesterol esterification by the action of lecithin:cholesterol acyl transferase ("LCAT"), thereby preventing a re-entry of effluxed cholesterol into cells; and (iii) uptake of the cholesteryl ester by HDL and delivery of the HDL- cholesteryl ester complex to liver cells.
[005] The RCT pathway is mediated by HDL particles. Each HDL particle has a lipid component and a protein component. The lipid component of HDL can be a phospholipid, cholesterol (or a cholesterol ester), or a triglyceride. The protein component of HDL is primarily made up of ApoA-I. ApoA-I is synthesized by the liver and small intestine as preproapolipoprotein which is secreted as a proprotein that is rapidly cleaved to generate a mature polypeptide having 243 amino acid residues. ApoA-I is primarily made up of 6 to 8 different repeat units made up of 22 amino acid residues spaced by a linker moiety which is often proline, and in some cases is a moiety made up of several residues. ApoA-I forms three types of stable complexes with lipids: small, lipid-poor complexes referred to as pre-β-1 HDL; flattened discoidal particles containing polar lipids (phospholipid and cholesterol) referred to as pre-β-2 HDL; and spherical particles containing both polar and nonpolar lipids, referred to as spherical or mature HDL (HDL3 and HDL2).
[006] Attempts have been made to recombinantly produce and administer
ApoA-I to patients to protect against atherosclerotic disease. However, there are many pitfalls associated with the production and use of ApoA-I, making it less than ideal as a drug; e.g. , ApoA-I is a large protein that is difficult and expensive to produce, and significant manufacturing and reproducibility problems must be overcome with respect to stability during storage, delivery of an active product and half-life in vivo.
[007] In view of these drawbacks, attempts have been made to produce peptides that can mimic the activity of ApoA-I in vivo. There is a need in the art for the development of additional peptides that can mimic the activity of ApoA-I in vivo, which are simple and cost-effective to produce.
Summary of the Invention
[008] In one embodiment, the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula I
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue;
X8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue;
X9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
X11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
X16 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and
X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue. [009] In another embodiment, the invention provides 15- to 22 -residue peptides having the following Formula II
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-Y2-R2,
Formula II and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X is Leu or D-Leu;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue;
X6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X11 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X16 is Leu or D-Leu;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues;
Y is absent;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to three of residues X1 to X17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[0010] In another embodiment, the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula III
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula III and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
XI is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X3 is Leu or D-Leu;
X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X5 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X7 is Leu or D-Leu;
X8 is Ala or D-AIa;
X9 is Asp or D-Asp;
X10 is Leu, Phe, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
XII is GIy, Leu, or D-Leu; X12 is Arg or D-Arg;
X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X15 is Leu or D-Leu;
X16 is GIn or D-GIn;
X17 is GIu, Leu, D-GIu, or D-Leu;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X20 is GIu or D-GIu;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip; Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; R1 is H or an amino protecting group; R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[0011] A peptide of Formula I, II, or III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (an "ApoA-I Mimic") is useful for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, endothelial dysfunction, a macrovascular disorder, or a microvascular disorder (each being a "Condition").
[0012] In another embodiment, the invention provides compositions comprising an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
[0013] In another embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating or preventing a Condition, comprising administering an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic to a mammal in need thereof.
Brief Description of the Figures
[0014] FIG. IA is a Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel diagram of an idealized amphipathic α-helix in which open circles represent hydrophilic amino acid residues and shaded circles represent hydrophobic amino acid residues.
[0015] FIG. IB is a helical net diagram of the idealized amphipathic helix of
FIG. IA. [0016] FIG. 1C is a helical cylinder diagram of the idealized amphipathic helix of FIG. IA.
[0017] FIG. 2 is a Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel diagram of Segrest's consensus 22-mer peptide (SEQ ID NO. 1)
[0018] FIG. 3A illustrates a tertiary-order branched network of the ApoA-I
Mimics.
[0019] FIG. 3B illustrates a quaternary-order branched network of the ApoA-I
Mimics.
[0020] FIG. 3C illustrates a mixed-order branched network of the ApoA-I
Mimics.
[0021] FIG. 3D illustrates exemplary "Lys-tree" branched networks of the
ApoA-I Mimics.
[0022] FIG. 4A is a cartoon depicting the various aggregation states and peptide-lipid complexes that can be obtained with the ApoA-I Mimics of the invention. Left: Multimerization process of the peptides resulting from the interaction of several peptide helices and leading to the formation of oligomers in conditions of defined peptide concentration, pH and ionic strength. Center: The interaction of the ApoA-I Mimics (in any of these states of aggregation) with lipidic entities (such as small unilamellar vesicles ("SUVs")) leads to lipid reorganization. Right: By changing the lipid:peptide molar ratio, different types of peptide- lipid complexes can be obtained, from lipid-peptide comicelles at low lipid-peptide ratios, to discoidal particles and finally to large multilamellar complexes at increasingly higher lipid:peptide ratios.
[0023] FIG. 4B illustrates the generally-accepted model for discoidal ApoA-I
Mimic-lipid complexes formed in a defined range of lipid: ApoA-I Mimic ratios. Each ApoA-I Mimic surrounding the disc edge is in close contact with its two nearest neighbors.
[0024] FIG. 5 is a representative gel permeation chromatogram for a Peptide
16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG).
[0025] FIG. 6 is a plot of baseline increase in HDL fraction of total cholsterol following administration of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG, and the components being present in a weight ratio of Peptide 16: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.35: 1.35: 0.30) to rabbits.
[0026] FIG. 7 is a plot of increase in HDL fraction of free cholsterol following administration of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) to rabbits.
[0027] FIG 8 is a gel permeation chromatography elution profile at baseline
(dark line) and 20 min after administration of 2.5 mg/kg of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1 : 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) to rabbits.
[0028] FIG. 9 is a plot of increase in plasma phospholipid following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma phospholipid levels were measured. Baseline values (ranging from 0.96 to 1.18 g/L for the four groups) were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma phospholipid levels. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0029] FIG. 1OA is a plot of increase in in plasma total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma total cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. The baseline values ranged from 0.59 to 0.77g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0030] FIG. 1OB is a plot of increase in in plasma free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma free cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. The baseline values ranged from 0.21 to 0.27 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0031] FIG. 1OC is a plot of increase in in plasma esterified cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma esterified cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. The baseline values ranged from 0.39 to 0.52 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0032] FIG. 1 IA is a plot of increase in plasma HDL total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma HDL total cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline HDL total cholesterol ranged from 0.33 to 0.38 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0033] FIG. 1 IB is a plot of increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma HDL free cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline HDL free cholesterol ranged from 0.11 to 0.13 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline. [0034] FIG. 11C is a plot of increase in plasma LDL total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma LDL total cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline LDL total cholesterol ranged from 0.17 to 0.33 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0035] FIG. 1 ID is a plot of increase in plasma LDL free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma LDL free cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline LDL free cholesterol ranged from 0.06 to 0.11 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0036] FIG. 1 IE is a plot of increase in plasma VLDL total cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma VLDL total cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline VLDL total cholesterol ranged from 0.04 to 0.11 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0037] FIG. 1 IF is a plot of increase in plasma VLDL free cholesterol following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma VLDL free cholesterol was measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in cholesterol levels. Baseline VLDL free cholesterol ranged from 0.02 to 0.04 g/L. There were 3 animals per group. By 30 - 34 hours post dose the values had returned to a value at or below baseline.
[0038] FIG. 12 is a plot of the increase in plasma triglyceride levels following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 10 (triangle), 20 (circle) or 30 (diamond) mg/kg. At various times post dose, plasma triglyceride levels were measured. Baseline values (ranging from 0.40 to 0.80 g/L for the four groups) were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma triglyceride levels. There were 3 animals per group.
[0039] FIG. 13 is a plot of the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) into fasted rabbits at doses of 0 (square), 2.5 (triangle), 5 (circle) or 10 (diamond) mg/kg. At baseline and 5, 20, 40, 60, 90 and 120 minutes after initiating the infusion, plasma HDL free cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels. There were 4 animals per group.
[0040] FIG. 14A is a plot of an HPLC gel permeation chromatography elution profile at baseline (dark line) and 20 min after infusion of 2.5 mg/kg Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1 : 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5). Shown on the Y-axis is the absorption from the inline free cholesterol assay of the lipoprotein fractions eluting from the HPLC gel permeation chromatography. The peaks from left to right correspond to the VLDL, LDL and HDL fractions.
[0041] FIG. 14B is a plot of an HPLC gel permeation chromatography elution profile at baseline (dark line) and 20 min after infusion of 5.0 mg/kg Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1 : 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5). Shown on the Y-axis is the absorption from the inline free cholesterol assay of the lipoprotein fractions eluting from the HPLC gel permeation chromatography. The peaks from left to right correspond to the VLDL, LDL and HDL fractions.
[0042] FIG. 15 is a plot of the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels following infusion of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1 : 2.5) into fasted rabbits at a dose of 20 mg/kg at a rate of 1 mIVmin (triangles) or 0.2 mL/min ( diamonds). At various times post dose, plasma HDL free cholesterol levels were measured. Baseline values were subtracted to determine the increase in plasma HDL free cholesterol levels. There were 4 animals per Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment group, while there were 2 animals per vehicle treatment group.
[0043] FIG. 16 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female rats following first dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 0. The decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex. The kinetics of free cholesterol are presented. Each data point represents the average ± SD (N=3 rats/group).
[0044]
[0045] FIG. 17 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female rats following multiple dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 26. These animals received Peptide 16/ lipid complex every second day for 4 weeks. The decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex. The kinetics of free cholesterol are presented. Each data point represents the average ± SD (N=3 rats/group).
[0046] FIG. 18 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female cynomolgus monkeys following first dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1 : 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 0. The decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex. The kinetics of free cholesterol are presented. Each data point represents the average ± SD (N=3 monkeys/group).
[0047] FIG. 19 illustrates plots of the kinetic profiles of Peptide 16 (upper panels), free cholesterol (middle panels) and phospholipid (lower panels) in male and female cynomolgus monkeys following multiple dose administration of Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) on Day 26. These animals received Peptide 16/ lipid complex every second day for 4 weeks. The decrease of Peptide 16 and phospholipid levels in plasma over time indicate the clearance of Peptide 16/ lipid complex. The kinetics of free cholesterol are presented. Each data point represents the average ± SD (N=3 monkeys/group).
[0048] FIG. 2OA is a plot of the % of increase from the pre-dose value of plasma total cholesterol in C57B1/6J mice after treatment with the Formulation A, B, or C. 6 animals/per group were sequencially sampled at different time points.
[0049] FIG. 2OB is a plot of the increase in plasma total cholesterol in
C57B1/6J mice after treatment with the Formulation A, B, or C. 6 animals/per group were sequencially sampled at different time points.
[0050] FIG. 21 A is a plot of the % of increase from the pre-dose value of plasma esterified cholesterol in C57B1/6J mice after treatment with the Formulation A, B, or C. 6 animals/per group were sequencially sampled at different time points.
[0051] FIG. 21B is a plot of the increase in plasma esterified cholesterol in
C57B1/6J mice after treatment with the Formulation A, B, or C. 6 animals/per group were sequencially sampled at different time points.
Detailed Description of the Invention /. Definitions
[0052] "About," when immediately preceding a number or numeral means that the number or numeral ranges plus or minus 10%. For example, "about 1: 1" ranges from 0.9:1 to 1.1:1. [0053] "Alkyl," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an optionally substituted saturated branched, straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical. Typical alkyl groups are (C1-CO) alkyl groups that include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkyl groups are (C]-C4) alkyl. Unless specified otherwise, the alkyl is unsubstituted.
[0054] "Alkenyl," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an unsaturated branched, straight chain or cyclic non- aromatic hydrocarbon radical having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. The one or more double bonds can be in either the cis or trans conformation. Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, tert-butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl and the like. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group is (C2-C6) alkenyl.
[0055] "Alkynyl," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an unsaturated branched or straight chain hydrocarbon radical having at least one carbon- carbon triple bond. Typical alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl and the like. In some embodiments, the alkynyl group is (C2-C6) alkynyl.
[0056] "Aryl," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an optionally substituted aromatic ring system in which each atom within the ring is C, O, N, or S, thus encompassing heterocyclic aromatic rings. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to benzyl, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, thiazole, and thiophene. In some embodiments, the aryl group is (C5-C26 aryl). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-20-membered heteroaryl. In other embodiments, a heteroaryl group is 5- 10-membered heteroaryl. Unless specified otherwise, the aryl is unsubstituted.
[0057] "Aralkyl," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
[0058] "Substituted Alkyl or Aryl," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an alkyl or aryl group in which one or more of its hydrogen atoms are replaced with another substituent. Typical substituents include -ORa, -SRa, -NRaRa, - NO2, -CN, halogen, -SO2R3, -C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3 and -C(O)NR3R3, where each R3 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl.
[0059] "Hydrophilic face," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a face of the helix having overall net hydrophilic character.
[0060] "Hydrophobic face," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a face of the peptide having overall net hydrophobic character.
[0061] As used herein when referring to an ApoA-I Mimic, the number of terminal -NH2 groups is zero where R1 is an amino protecting group and is 1 where R1 is H.
[0062] As used herein when referring to an ApoA-I Mimic, the number of terminal -COOH groups is zero where R2 is a carboxyl protecting group and is 1 where R2 is OH.
[0063] A "mammal," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a human, mouse, rat, guinea pig, dog, cat, horse, cow, pig, or non-human primate, such as a monkey, chimpanzee, or baboon. In one embodiment, the mammal is a human.
[0064] An "effective amount," when used in connection with an ApoA-I
Mimic is an amount that is effective for treating or preventing a Condition.
[0065] "HDL free cholesterol," as used herein means the amount of cholesterol having a free hydroxyl group ("free cholesterol") that is contained within HDL particles in the serum. The HDL particles can be formed from an ApoA-I Mimic/ lipid complex.
[0066] "HDL total cholesterol," as used herein means the amount of free cholesterol plus the amount of cholesterol having a hydroxyl group that has been esterified ("esterified cholesterol") that is contained within HDL particles in the serum. The HDL particles can be formed from an ApoA-I Mimic/ lipid complex.
[0067] "Amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, includes genetically encoded amino acid residues and non-genetically encoded amino acid residues.
[0068] Abbreviations for the genetically encoded amino acid residues as used herein are set forth in Table 1 below. Table 1.
Figure imgf000018_0001
[0069] Non-genetically encoded amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, β-alanine (β-Ala); 2,3-diaminopropionic acid (Dpr); nipecotic acid (Nip); pipecolic acid (Pip); ornithine (Orn); citrulline (Cit); t-butylalanine (t-BuA); 2-t- butylglycine (t-BuG); N-methylisoleucine (MeIIe); phenylglycine (PhG); cyclohexylalanine (ChA); norleucine (NIe); naphthylalanine (NaI); 4- chlorophenylalanine (Phe(4-Cl)); 2-fluorophenylalanine (Phe(2-F)); 3- fluorophenylalanine (Phe(3-F)); 4-fluorophenylalanine (Phe(4-F)); penicillamine (Pen); l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (Tic); β -2-thienylalanine (Thi); methionine sulfoxide (MSO); homoarginine (hArg); N-acetyl lysine (AcLys); 2,4-diaminobutyric acid (Dbu); 2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab); p-aminophenylalanine (Phe (pNH2)); N-methyl valine (MeVaI); homocysteine (hCys), homophenylalanine (hPhe); homoserine (hSer); hydroxyproline (Hyp); homoproline (hPro); and the corresponding D-enantiomer of each of the foregoing, e.g., D-β-Ala, D-Dpr, D-Nip, D-Orn, D-Cit, D-t-BuA, D-t-BuG, D-MeIIe, D-PhG, D-ChA, D-NIe, D-NaI, D-Phe(4- Cl), D-Phe(2-F), D-Phe(3-F), D-Phe(4-F), D-Pen, D-Tic, D-TM, D-MSO, D-hArg, D- AcLys, D-Dbu, D-Dab, D-Phe(pNH2), D-MeVaI, D-hCys, D-hPhe, D-hSer, D-Hyp, and D-hPro. Other non-genetically encoded amino acid residues include 3- aminopropionic acid; 4-aminobutyric acid; isonipecotic acid (Inp); aza-pipecolic acid (azPip); aza-proline (azPro); α-aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); ε-aminohexanoic acid (Aha); δ-aminovaleric acid (Ava); N-methylglycine (MeGIy).
[0070] "Chiral," as used herein to refer to an amino acid residue, means an amino acid residue having at least one chiral center. In one embodiment, the chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. Examples of L-amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, GIn, GIu, His, lie, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Tyr, VaI, β-Ala, Dpr, Nip, Orn, Cit, t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIIe, PhG, ChA, NIe, NaI, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe(3-F), Phe(4-F), Pen, Tic, Thi, MSO, hArg, AcLys, Dbu, Dab, Phe(pNH2), MeVaI, hCys, hPhe, hSer, Hyp, and hPro. In one embodiment, the chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. Examples of D-amino acid residues include, but are not limited to D-AIa, D- Arg, D- Asn, D-Asp, D-Cys, D-GIn, D-GIu, D-His, D-IIe, D-Leu, D-Lys, D-Met, D-Phe, D- Pro, D-Ser, D-Thr, D-Trp, D-Tyr, D-VaI, D-β-Ala, D-Dpr, D-Nip, D-Pip, D-Orn, D- Cit, D-t-BuA, D-t-BuG, D-MeIIe, D-PhG, D-ChA, D-NIe, D-NaI, D-Phe(4-Cl), D- Phe(2-F), D-Phe(3-F), D-Phe(4-F), D-Pen, D-Tic, D-Thi, D-MSO, D-hArg, D-AcLys, D-Dbu, D-Dab, D-Phe (pNH2), D-MeVaI, D-hCys, D-hPhe, D-hSer, D-Hyp, and D- hPro.
[0071] "Achiral," as used herein to refer to an amino acid residue, means an amino acid residue that does not have a chiral center. Examples of achiral amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, GIy, Inp, Aib, Aha, Ava, MeGIy, azPip, and azPro.
[0072] "Aliphatic amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an amino acid residue having an aliphatic hydrocarbon side chain. Aliphatic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ala (A), VaI (V), Leu (L), lie (I), Pro (P), azPro, Pip, azPip, β-Ala, Aib, t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIIe, ChA, NIe, MeVaI, Inp, Nip, hPro, D-AIa, D-VaI, D-Leu, D-IIe, D-Pro, D-β-Ala, D-t-BuA, D-t- BuG, D-MeIIe, D-NIe, D-MeVaI, D-Nip, D-Pip, D-ChA, and D-hPro. In one embodiment, the aliphatic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aliphatic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aliphatic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
[0073] "Hydrophilic amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an amino acid residue exhibiting a hydrophobicity of less than zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg et al., 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-142. Hydrophilic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Pro (P), GIy (G), Thr (T), Ser (S), His (H), GIu (E), Asn (N), GIn (Q), Asp (D), Lys (K) Arg (R), Dpr, Orn, Cit, Pen, MSO, hArg, AcLys, Dbu, Dab, Phe(p-NH2), hCys, hSer, Hyp, D-Pro, D-Thr, D-Ser, D-His, D-GIu, D-Asn, D-GIn, D-Asp, D-Lys, D-Arg, D-Dpr, D-Orn, D-Cit, D-Pen, D-MSO, D-hArg, D-AcLys, D-Dbu, D-Dab, D- Phe(p-NH2), D-hCys, D-hSer, and D-Hyp. Other hydrophilic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, C1-4 lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 4. In one embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is an acidic L- amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic achiral amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophilic amino acid residue is a basic L- amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic achiral amino acid residue.
[0074] "Hydrophobic amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to an amino acid residue exhibiting a hydrophobicity of greater than zero according to the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg, 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179: 125-142. Hydrophobic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, lie (I), Phe (F), VaI (V), Leu (L), Trp (W), Met (M), Ala (A), GIy (G), Tyr (Y), β-Ala, Nip, t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIIe, PhG, ChA, NIe, NaI, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe(3-F), Phe(4-F), Tic, Thi, MeVaI, hPhe, hPro, 3-aminopropionic acid, 4 aminobutryic acid, Inp, Aib, Aha, Ava, MeGIy, D-Pro, D-IIe, D-Phe, D-VaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, D-Met, D-AIa, D-Tyr, D-β-Ala, D-Nip, D- t-BuA, D- t-BuG, D-MeIIe, D- PhG, D-ChA, D-NIe, D-NaI, D-Phe(4-Cl), D-Phe(2-F), D-Phe(3-F), D-Phe(4-F), D- Tic, D-Thi, D-MeVaI, D-hPhe, and D-hPro. Other hydrophobic amino acids include, but are not limited to, Ci^ lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
Figure imgf000021_0002
Figure imgf000022_0002
, and
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 4. In one embodiment, the hydrophobic amino acid residue is an L- amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophobic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the hydrophobic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
[0075] "Polar amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a hydrophilic amino acid residue having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH, but which has at least one bond in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is held more closely by one of the atoms. Polar amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Asn (N), GIn (Q), Ser (S), Thr (T), Cit, Pen, MSO, AcLys, hCys, hSer, Hyp, D-Asn, D-GIn, D-Ser, D-Thr, D-Cit, D-Pen, D-MSO, D-AcLys, D-hCys, D-hSer, and D-Hyp. Other polar amino acids include, but are not limited to, C1-4 lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
Figure imgf000022_0004
, and
Figure imgf000022_0003
, wherein n is an integer from 1 to 4. In one embodiment, the polar amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the polar amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the polar amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
[0076] "Acidic amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a hydrophilic amino acid residue having a side chain pK value of less than 7. Acidic amino acid residues typically have negatively charged side chains at physiological pH due to loss of a hydrogen ion. Acidic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, GIu (E), Asp (D), D-GIu, and D-Asp. Other acidic amino acids include, but are not limited to, C1^ lateral chain analogs having the following formula:
Figure imgf000023_0001
, wherein n is an integer from 1 to 4. In one embodiment, the acidic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the acidic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the acidic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
[0077] "Basic amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a hydrophilic amino acid residue having a side chain pK value of greater than 7. Basic amino acid residues typically have positively charged side chains at physiological pH due to association with a hydronium ion. Basic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, His (H), Arg (R), Lys (K), Dpr, Orn, hArg, Dbu, Dab, Phe(p-NH2), D-His, D-Arg, D-Lys, D-Dpr, D-Orn, D-hArg, D-Dbu, D-Dab, and D- Phe(p-NH2). Other basic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, C1^ lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
Figure imgf000023_0002
one embodiment, the basic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the basic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the basic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
[0078] "Nonpolar amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a hydrophobic amino acid residue having a side chain that is uncharged at physiological pH and which has bonds in which the pair of electrons shared in common by two atoms is held substantially equally by each of the two atoms (i.e., the side chain is not polar). Non-polar amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Leu (L), VaI (V), lie (I), Met (M), GIy (G), Ala (A), Pro (P), azPro, Pip, azPip, β-Ala, Nip, t-BuG, MeIIe, ChA, NIe, MeVaI, hPro, 3-aminopropionic acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, Inp, Aib, Aha, Ava, MeGIy, D-Leu, D-VaI, D-IIe, D-Met, D- AIa, D-Pro, D-β-Ala, D-Inp, D-t-BuG, D-MeIIe, D-ChA, D-NIe, D-MeVaI, D-Nip, D- Pip, and D-hPro. Other non-polar amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ci_4 lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
Figure imgf000024_0001
the non-polar amino acid residue is an L- amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the non-polar amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the non-polar amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
[0079] "Aromatic amino acid residue," as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to a hydrophobic amino acid residue with a side chain having at least one aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. The aromatic or heteroaromatic ring can contain one or more substituents such as -OH, -SH, -CN, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -NO2, -NO, -NH2, - NHR, -NRR, -C(O)R, -C(O)OH, -C(O)OR, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NHR, -C(O)NRR where each R is independently (C1-CO) alkyl, substituted (C1-CO) alkyl, 5-26-membered aryl, and substituted 5-26-membered aryl. Aromatic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Phe (F), Tyr (Y), Trp (W), PhG, NaI, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe(3-F), Phe(4-F), Tic, Thi, hPhe, D-Phe, D-Tyr and D-Trp, D-PhG, D-NaI, D-Phe(4-Cl), D- Phe(2-F), D-Phe(3-F), D- Phe(4-F), D-Tic, D-Thi, and D-hPhe. Other aromatic amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, Ci^ lateral chain analogs having the following formulas:
Figure imgf000025_0001
one embodiment, the aromatic amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aromatic amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue. In another embodiment, the aromatic amino acid residue is an achiral amino acid residue.
[0080] The classifications of the genetically encoded and non-genetically encoded amino acid residues according to the categories defined above are summarized in the table below. It is to be understood that the following table is included for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to be an exhaustive list of amino acid residues that can be used in the ApoA-I Mimics described herein. Other amino acid residues not specifically disclosed herein can be readily categorized based on their observed physical and chemical properties in view of the definitions provided herein. Some classifications of amino acid residues are included in Table 2 below.
Table 2.
Figure imgf000025_0002
Figure imgf000026_0001
[0081] As will be appreciated by those of skill in the art, the above-defined categories are not mutually exclusive. Thus, amino acid residues having side chains exhibiting two or more physical-chemical properties can be included in multiple categories. For example, amino acid side chains having aromatic moieties that are further substituted with polar substituents, such as Tyr (Y) or its corresponding D- enantiomer, can exhibit both aromatic hydrophobic properties and polar or hydrophilic properties, and can therefore be included in both the aromatic and polar categories. The appropriate categorization of any amino acid residue will be apparent to those of skill in the art, especially in view of the disclosure provided herein.
[0082] In addition, the amino acid residue Cys (C) or its corresponding D- enantiomer can form disulfide bridges with other Cys (C) residues or their corresponding D-enantiomers or with other sulfanyl-containing amino acids. The ability of Cys (C) residues (and other amino acids with -SH containing side chains) to exist in a peptide in either the reduced free -SH or oxidized disulfide-bridged form affects whether Cys (C) residues or their corresponding D-enantiomers contribute net hydrophobic or hydrophilic character to a peptide. While Cys (C) or its corresponding D-enantiomer exhibits a hydrophobicity of 0.29 according to the normalized consensus scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, supra), it is to be understood that for purposes of the present invention Cys (C) and its corresponding D-enantiomer are categorized as polar hydrophilic amino acids, notwithstanding the general classifications defined above.
//. ApoA-I Mimics
A. Peptides of Formula I
[0083] In one embodiment, the invention provides 15- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula I
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI; X11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
X16 is an an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue or an achiral, D-, or L- basic amino acid residue;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and
X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to eight of residues X2 to X22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[0084] In another embodiment, the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula I
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X6 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI; X11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
X16 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip; Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; R1 is H or an amino protecting group; R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[0085] In another embodiment, the invention provides 15- to 21-residue peptides having the following Formula I
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2 Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X6 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue;
X is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
X11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and
X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
Y is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein one to eight of residues X2 to X22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[0086] In another embodiment, the peptide of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is 22 amino acid residues in length and X1 is absent.
[0087] The following embodiments relate to the ApoA-I Mimics of Formula I, unless otherwise specified.
[0088] In one embodiment, X2 and X4 are both Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn. In another embodiment, X is GIn, Lys, D-GIn, or D-Lys. In another embodiment, X9 is an acidic amino acid residue. In another embodiment, X12 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D- GIu, D- Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg. In another embodiment, X13 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D- GIu, D- Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg. In another embodiment, X1 is an acidic amino acid residue. In another embodiment, X17 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn. In another embodiment, X21 is Leu or D-Leu. In another embodiment, X22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu.
[0089] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X13 is an acidic amino acid residue, Arg, or D-Arg; X14 is a basic amino acid residue, Asn, GIu, D-Asn, or D-GIu; and X2 to X12 and X15 to X23 are as defined above in Formula I.
[0090] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X3 is Leu or D-Leu; X4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X5 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D- Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D-Asn; X6 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D-Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D- Asn; X7 is Leu, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI; X8 is Ala, Trp, GIy, Leu, Phe, NaI, D-AIa, D-Trp, D-Leu, D-Phe, or D-NaI; X9 is Asp, GIu, GIn, Lys, D-Asp, D-GIu, D-GIn, or D-Lys; X11 is Leu, GIy, D-Leu, or Aib; X12 is Asp, GIu, Asn, D-Asp, D-GIu, or D- Asn; X13 is Asn, GIn, GIu, Arg, D-Asn, D-GIn, D-GIu, or D-Arg; X16 is Asp, Arg, GIu, D-Asp, D-Arg, or D-GIu; X17 is Lys, Arg, Orn, Asn, GIu, D-Lys, D-Arg, D-Orn, D-Asn, or D-GIu; X20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; and/or X22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D- AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu; and X10, X14, X15, X18, X19, X21, and X23 are as defined above in Formula I. [0091] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X9 is GIu or D-GIu; X12 is GIu or
D-GIu; X13 is Asn, GIu, D-Asn, or D-GIu; X14 is Leu or D-Leu; X15 is Leu or D-Leu; X16 is GIu or D-GIu; X17 is Arg, Lys, D-Arg, or D-Lys; X18 is Phe or D-Phe; X19 is Leu or D-Leu; X21 is Leu or D-Leu; and/or X22 is VaI or D-VaI; and X2 to X8, X10, X11, X20, and X23 are as defined above in Formula I.
[0092] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X3 is Leu or D-Leu; X4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X5 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D- Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D-Asn; X6 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D-Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D- Asn; X7 is Leu, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI; X8 is Ala, Trp, GIy, Leu, Phe, NaI, D-AIa, D-Trp, D-Leu, D-Phe, or D-NaI; X9 is GIu or D-GIu; X11 is Leu, D-Leu, GIy, or Aib; X12 is GIu or D-GIu; X13 is Asn, GIu, D-Asn, or D-GIu; X14 is Leu or D-Leu; X15 is Leu or D-Leu; X16 is GIu or D-GIu; X17 is Arg, Lys, D-Arg, or D-Lys; X18 is Phe or D-Phe; X19 is Leu or D-Leu; X20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; X21 is Leu or D-Leu; and/or X22 is VaI or D-VaI; and X10 and X23 are as defined above in Formula I.
[0093] In another embodiment, X1 is absent, only one of X and X is a basic amino acid residue, and the other of X5 and X6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn.
[0094] In another embodiment, Y1 or Y2 is absent or is a sequence having from one to seven amino acid residues. In another embodiment, one or more of the amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence is an acidic amino acid residue. In another embodiment, one or more of the amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence is a basic amino acid residue.
[0095] In another embodiment, one of X5 and X6 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-
Orn, and the other of X5 and X6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn.
[0096] In another embodiment, each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue.
[0097] In another embodiment, each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue.
[0098] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; one of X7, X8, X10, X11, X14, and
X15 is GIy; and X1 to X6, X9, X12, X13, and X16 to X23 are other than GIy.
[0099] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X11 is GIy; and each of X7, X8,
X10, X14, and X15 is other than GIy. [00100] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X is Leu or D-Leu; X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X is GIn or D-GIn; X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X7 is Leu, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI; X8 is Ala, Trp, D-AIa, or D- Trp; X9 is GIu or D-GIu; X10 is Leu or D-Leu; X11 is GIy; X12 is GIu or D-GIu; X13 is Asn or D-Asn; X14 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu or D-Leu; X16 is GIu or
D-GIu; X >-117 ' i •s Arg or D-Arg; X τ-1l8δ i •s Phe or D-Phe; X 1i9y is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; X21 is Leu or D-Leu; X22 is VaI or D-VaI; and X23 is Inp. In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula I is a peptide set forth in Table 3 below:
Table 3.
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00101] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X15 is GIy; and each of X7, X8,
X10, X11, and X14 is other than GIy. In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula I is:
Peptide 10 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 10); or
Peptide 102 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 102)
Peptide 222 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 222)
Peptide 314 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 314) Peptide 406 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 406) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00102] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X14 is GIy; and each of X7, X8,
X10, X11, and X15 is other than GIy. In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula I is:
Peptide 11 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 11); or
Peptide 103 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 103)
Peptide 223 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 223)
Peptide 315 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 315)
Peptide 407 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 407) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00103] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X10 is GIy; and each of X7, X8,
X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy. In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula I is:
Peptide 12 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 12); or
Peptide 104 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 104)
Peptide 224 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 224)
Peptide 316 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 316)
Peptide 408 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 408) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00104] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X8 is GIy; and each of X7, X10,
X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy. In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula I is:
Peptide 13 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 13); or Peptide 105 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 105)
Peptide 225 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 225)
Peptide 317 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 317)
Peptide 409 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 409) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00105] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X7 is GIy; and each of X8, X10,
X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy. In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula I is:
Peptide 14 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 14); or
Peptide 106 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 106)
Peptide 226 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPro (SEQ. ID. NO. 226)
Peptide 318 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Pip (SEQ. ID. NO. 318)
Peptide 410 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu- Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 410) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00106] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; and each of X7, X8, X10, X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy.
[00107] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X3 is Leu or D-Leu; X4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; one of X5 or X6 is GIn or D-GIn and the other of X or X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X7 is Leu, NaI, D-Leu, or D- NaI; X8 is Ala, Leu, Trp, NaI, D-AIa, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI; X9 is GIu or D-GIu; X10 is Leu, Trp, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI; X11 is Leu, D-Leu or Aib; X12 is GIu or D-GIu; X13 is Asn, GIn, D-Asn, or D-GIn; X14 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu or D-Leu; X16 is GIu or D-GIu; X17 is Arg, Lys, D-Arg, or D-Lys; X18 is Leu,
Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; X21 is Leu or D-Leu; X22 is VaI, Leu, D-VaI, or D-Leu; and X23 is Inp. [00108] In another embodiment, X1 is absent; X2 is Lys or D-Lys; X3 is Leu or
D-Leu; X4 is Lys or D-Lys; X5 is GIn or D-GIn; X6 is Lys or D-Lys; X7 is Leu or D- Leu; X8 is Ala or D-AIa; X9 is GIu or D-GIu; X10 is Leu or D-Leu; X11 is Leu or D- Leu; X12 is GIu or D-GIu; X13 is Asn or D-Asn; X14 is Leu or D-Leu; X15 is Leu or D- Leu; X16 is GIu or D-GIu; X17 is Arg or D-Arg; X18 is Phe or D-Phe; X19 is Leu or D- Leu; X20 is Asp or D-Asp; X21 is Leu or D-Leu; X22 is VaI or D-VaI; and/or X23 is Inp.
[00109] In another embodiment, X3 is other than Lys or D-Lys; X9 is other than
Trp or D-Trp; X11 is other than GIu, Trp, D-GIu, or D-Trp; X12 is other than Trp, Leu, D-Trp, or D-Leu; X13 is other than Trp or D-Trp; X1 is other than Lys, Trp, D-Lys, or D-Trp; X16 is other than Trp or D-Trp; X17 is other than Trp, Leu, D-Trp, or D-Leu; X18 is other than Trp or D-Trp; X19 is other than Lys, GIu, Trp, NaI, D-Lys, D-GIu, D- Trp, or D-NaI; and/or X is other than VaI or D-VaI.
[00110] In another embodiment, the peptide of Formula I is one of the peptides set forth in Table 4 below:
Table 4.
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. B. Peptides of Formula II
[00111] In one embodiment, the invention encompasses 14- to 22-residue peptides having the following Formula II
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-Y2-R2,
Formula II and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is Leu or D-Leu;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue;
X6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
XII is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X15 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X16 is Leu or D-Leu;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X18 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues;
Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues; R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to eight of residues X1 to X17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[00112] In another embodiment, the invention encompasses 15- to 22-residue peptides having the following Formula II
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-Y2-R2,
Formula II and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is Leu or D-Leu;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue;
X6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
XII is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X15 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X16 is Leu or D-Leu; X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X18 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues;
Y2 is absent;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to three of residues X1 to X17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[00113] In another embodiment, the invention encompasses 14-residue peptides having the following Formula II
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-Y2-R2,
Formula II and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is Leu or D-Leu;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue;
X6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
XII is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X1 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X16 is Leu or D-Leu;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; rl8 i •s Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y A : is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues;
Y2 is absent;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein four to eight of residues X1 to X17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[00114] In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula II is an 18-residue peptide.
[00115] In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula II is a peptide set forth in
Table 5 below.
Table 5.
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. C. Peptides of Formula III
[00116] In one embodiment, the invention provides 15- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula III
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula III and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X ^5 i •s GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue;
X8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue;
X9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
X11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
X16 is an an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue or an achiral, D-, or L- basic amino acid residue;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and
X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to eight of residues X2 to X22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue. [00117] In another embodiment, the invention provides 22- to 29-residue peptides having the following Formula III
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula III and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI; X11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and
X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group; R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[00118] In another embodiment, the invention provides 15- to 21 -residue peptides having the following Formula III
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula III and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X8 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophobic amino acid residue; X9 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI; X11 is GIy or an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue; X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X rl7 i •s an achiral, D-, or L-hydrophilic amino acid residue;
AS is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X A19V i •s Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; r20 i ■s an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X r2Z\1 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X ^22 . is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; and
X ^23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein one to eight of residues X2 to X22 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
[00119] In another embodiment, the peptide of Formula III is 22 amino acid residues in length and X1 is absent.
[00120] In one embodiment, the peptide of Formula III is a peptide set forth in
Table 6 below.
Table 6.
Peptide 186 Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln- Leu- Ala- Asp-Leu-Leu- Arg-Glu- Leu-Leu- Asn-Glu- Phe-Leu-Glu-Phe-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 186)
Peptide 187 Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln- Leu- Ala- Asp-Leu-Gly-Arg-Glu-Leu- Leu- Asn-Glu- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 187)
Peptide 188 Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln- Leu- Ala- Asp-Leu-Leu- Arg-Glu- Trp-Leu-Asn-Leu- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 188)
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00121] In other embodiments, the present invention includes ApoA-I Mimics wherein one or more of its amide linkages is optionally replaced with a linkage other than amide, including, but not limited to, a substituted amide or an isostere of amide. Thus, while the various X1 to X23, Y1 and Y2 residues within Formulas I, II, and III are described in terms of amino acids, in particular embodiments of the invention, a non-amide linkage is present in place of one or more amide linkages.
[00122] In another embodiment, the nitrogen atom of one or more of the
ApoA-I Mimics' amide linkages is substituted, such that the substituted amide linkage has the formula -C(O)NR'-, where R' is (Ci-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C2-C6) alkynyl, (C5-C20) aryl, (C6-C26) alkaryl, 5-20 membered heteroaryl, or 6-26 membered alkheteroaryl. In another embodiment, R' is substituted with -OR, -SR, -NRR, -NO2, -CN, halogen, -SO2R, -C(O)R, -C(O)OR and -C(O)NRR, where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl.
[00123] In another embodiment, a non-amide linkage replaces one or more of the ApoA-I Mimics' amide linkages and includes, but is not limited to, -CH2NH-, - CH2S-, -CH2CH2-, -CH=CH- (cis and trans), -C(O)CH2-, -CH(OH)CH2- and -CH2SO- . Compounds having such non-amide linkages and methods for preparing such compounds are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Spatola, March 1983, Vega Data Vol. 1, Issue 3; Spatola, 1983, "Peptide Backbone Modifications" In: Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids Peptides and Proteins, Weinstein, ed., Marcel Dekker, New York, p. 267 (general review); Morley, 1980, Trends Pharm. Sci. 1:463-468; Hudson et al., 1979, Int. J. Prot. Res. 14:177-185 (-CH2NH-, -CH2CH2-); Spatola et al., 1986, Life Sci. 38:1243-1249 (-CH2-S); Hann, 1982, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I. 1:307-314 (-CH=CH-, cis and trans); Almquist et al., 1980, J. Med. Chem. 23:1392- 1398 (-COCH2-); Jennings -White et al., Tetrahedron. Lett. 23:2533 (-COCH2-); European Patent Application EP 45665 (1982) CA 97:39405 (-CH(OH)CH2-); Holladay et al., 1983, Tetrahedron Lett. 24:4401-4404 (-C(OH)CH2-); and Hruby, 1982, Life Sci. 31:189-199 (-CH2-S-).
[00124] Additionally, one or more of the ApoA-I Mimics' amide linkages can be replaced with one or more peptidomimetic or amide mimetic moieties that do not significantly interfere with the structure or activity of the peptides. Suitable amide mimetic moieties are described, for example, in Olson et al., 1993, J. Med. Chem. 36:3039-3049. [00125] In some embodiments, the ApoA-I Mimic is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. The salt can be formed at the C-terminus or N- terminus or at an acidic or basic amino acid residue side chain.
[00126] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a metal salt, organic amine salt, or acid addition salt.
[00127] Metal salts can arise from the addition of an inorganic base to the peptide of Formula I, II, or III. The inorganic base consists of a metal cation paired with a basic couterion such as, for example, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or phosphate. The metal may be an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, transition metal, or main group metal. In some embodiments, the metal is lithium, sodium, potassium, cerium, magnesium, manganese, iron, calcium, aluminum, or zinc.
[00128] Organic amine salts can arise from the addition of an organic amine to the peptide of Formula I, II, or III. In some embodiments, the organic amine is triethylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, morpholine, piperidine, N-methylpiperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, dibenzylamine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrazine, or pipyrazine.
[00129] Acid addition salts arise from the addition of an acid to the peptide of
Formula I, II, or III. In some embodiments, the acid is organic. In some embodiments, the acid is inorganic. In other embodiments, the acid is hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfurous acid, a phosphoric acid, isonicotinic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric acid, ascorbic acid, gentisinic acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, saccaric acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, pantothenic acid, acetic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, or maleic acid. In still other embodiments, the acid addition salt is a hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, sulfite, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, tartrate, bitartrate, ascorbate, gentisinate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccarate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, pantothenate, acetate, fumarate, succinate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluylsulfonate, citrate, or maleate salt.
[00130] In some embodiments, R1 is an amino protecting group. In some embodiments, the amino protecting group is: (Ci-Cδ) alkyl, (C2-CO) alkenyl, (C2-CO) alkynyl, (C5-C26) aryl, (C6-C2O aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26- membered alkheteroaryl; -C(O)R; -C(O)OR; -SO2R; or -SR, wherein R is H or (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C2-C6) alkynyl, (C5-C26) aryl, (C6-C26 aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl. In other embodiments, the (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C2-C6) alkynyl, (C5-C26) aryl, (C6-C26 aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl is substituted with one or more of -ORa, -SRa, -NRaRa, -NO2, -CN, halogen, -SO2R3, -C(0)Ra, -C(O)OR3 and -C(O)NR3R3, where each R3 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl. When R1 is H, the number of amino protecting groups in the ApoA-I Mimic is zero; and when R1 is an amino protecting group, the number of amino protecting groups in the ApoA- I Mimic is 1.
[00131] In other embodiments, the amino protecting group is: dansyl; methoxycarbonyl; ethoxycarbonyl; 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl; 2- chloroethoxycarbonyl; 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl; 2-phenylethoxycarbonyl; t- butoxycarbonyl; benzyloxycarbonyl; p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; p- nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl; p- chlorobenzyloxycarbonylj p-iodobenzyloxycarbonyl; 2,4-dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl; diphenylmethoxycarbonyl; 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; phenoxycarbonyl; 2,4,6-tri-z-butylpenoxycarbonyl; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyloxycarbonyl; formyl; acetyl; chloroacetyl; trichloroacetyl; trifluoroacetyl; phenylacetyl; picolinoyl; benzoyl; p- phenylbenzoyl; phthaloyl; methyl; z-butyl; allyl; [2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl; 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl; 2,4-dinitrophenyl; benzyl; ; 4-methoxybenzyl; diphenylmethyl; triphenylmethyl; benzenesulfenyl; onitrobenzenesulfenyl; 2,4- dinitrobenzenesulfenyl; p-toluenesulfonyl; benzenesulfonyl; 2,3,6-trimethyl-4- methoxybenzenesulfonyl; 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzenesulfonyl; 2,6-dimethyl-4- methoxybenzenesulf onyl ; pentamethylbenzenesulf onyl ; 4-methoxybenzenesulf onyl ; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl; or benzylsulfonyl. In other embodiments, the amino protecting group is acetyl, formyl, or dansyl.
[00132] In some embodiments, R2 is a carboxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, the carboxyl protecting group is: 0-(C1-C6) alkyl, 0-(C2-C6) alkenyl, 0-(C2-C6) alkynyl, 0-(C5-C26) aryl, 0-(C6-C26 aralkyl), O-(5- to 20-membered heteroaryl), or O-(6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl); or -NRR, wherein R is H or (C1- C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C2-C6) alkynyl, (C5-C26) aryl, (C6-C26 aralkyl), 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl. In other embodiments, the (Ci-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C2-C6) alkynyl, (C5-C26) aryl, (C6-C26 aralkyl), 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, or 6- to 26-membered alkheteroaryl is substituted with one or more of -ORa, -SRa, -NRaRa, -NO2, -CN, halogen, -SO2Ra, -C(0)Ra, -C(O)OR3 and -C(0)NRaRa, where each Ra is independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl. When R1 is H, the number of carboxyl protecting groups in the ApoA-I Mimic is zero; and when R1 is a carboxyl protecting group, the number of carboxyl protecting groups in the ApoA-I Mimic is 1.
[00133] In other embodiments, the carboxyl protecting group is methoxy; ethoxy; 9-fluorenylmethoxy; methoxymethoxy; methylthiomethoxy; tetrahydropyranoxy; tetrahydrofuranoxy; methoxyethoxymethoxy; benzyloxymethoxy; phenacyloxy; /?-bromophenacyloxy; α-methylphenacyloxy; p- methoxyphenacyloxy; desyloxy; 2-chloroethoxy; 2,2,2-thrichloroethoxy, 2- methylthioethoxy; 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)methoxy; z-butoxy; cyclopentoxy; cyclohexoxy; allyloxy; methallyloxy; cinnamoxy; α-methylcinnamoxy; phenoxy; 2,6- dimethylphenoxy; 2,6-diisopropylphenoxy; benzyloxy; triphenylmethoxy; diphenylmethoxy; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyloxy; p-bromobenzyloxy; o-nitrobenzyloxy; N,N-dimethylamido; pyrrolidinyl; or piperidinyl.
[00134] Also included within the scope of the invention are protected forms of the ApoA-I Mimic, i.e. , forms of the ApoA-I Mimic in which one or more of its -NH2 or
-COOH groups are protected with a protecting group. In one embodiment, one or more
-NH2 groups are protected with an amino protecting group as described above. In another embodiment, one or more -COOH groups are protected with a carboxyl protecting group as described above.
[00135] In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics have the ability to form an amphipathic α-helix in the presence of one or more lipids. By "amphipathic" is meant that the α-helix has opposing hydrophilic and hydrophobic faces oriented along its long axis, i.e., one face of the helix projects mainly hydrophilic side chains while the opposite face projects mainly hydrophobic side chains. FIGS. IA and IB present two illustrative views of the opposing hydrophilic and hydrophobic faces of an exemplary idealized amphipathic α-helix. FIG. IA is a Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel diagram (Schiffer and Edmundson, 1967, Biophys. J. 7:121-135). In the wheel, the long axis of the helix is perpendicular to the page. Starting with the N-terminus, successive amino acid residues (represented by circles) are radially distributed about the perimeter of a circle at 100° intervals. Thus, amino acid residue n+1 is positioned 100° from residue n, residue n+2 is positioned 100° from residue n+1, and so forth. The 100° placement accounts for the 3.6 amino acid residues per turn that are typically observed in an idealized α-helix. In FIG. IA, the opposing hydrophilic and hydrophobic faces of the helix are clearly visible; hydrophilic amino acid residues are represented as open circles and hydrophobic amino acid residues are represented as shaded circles.
[00136] FIG. IB presents a helical net diagram of the idealized amphipathic helix of FIG. IA. (Lim, 1978, FEBS Lett. 89:10-14). In a typical helical net diagram, the α-helix is presented as a cylinder that has been cut along the center of its hydrophilic face and flattened. Thus, the center of the hydrophobic face, determined by the hydrophobic moment of the helix (Eisenberg et al., 1982, Nature 299:371-374), lies in the center of the figure and is oriented so as to rise out of the plane of the page. An illustration of the helical cylinder prior to being cut and flattened is depicted in FIG. 1C. By cutting the cylinder along different planes, different views of the same amphipathic helix can be observed, and different information about the properties of the helix obtained.
[00137] While not being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that certain structural and/or physical properties of the amphipathic helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics, can be important for activity. These properties include the degree of amphipathicity, overall hydrophobicity, mean hydrophobicity, hydrophobic and hydrophilic angles, hydrophobic moment, mean hydrophobic moment, and net charge of the α-helix.
[00138] The degree of amphipathicity (degree of asymmetry of hydrophobicity) of the amphiphathic helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics can be conveniently quantified by calculating the hydrophobic moment (μH) of the helix. Methods for calculating μπ for a particular peptide sequence are well-known in the art, and are described, for example in Eisenberg, 1984, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 53:595-623. The actual μπ obtained for a particular peptide will depend on the total number of amino acid residues composing the peptide. Thus, it is generally not informative to directly compare μπ for peptides of different lengths.
[00139] The amphipathicities of peptides of different lengths can be directly compared by way of the mean hydrophobic moment (<μπ>). The mean hydrophobic moment can be obtained by dividing μH by the number of residues in the helix (i.e., <μH> = μH/N). Generally, ApoA-I Mimics which exhibit a <μκ> in the range of 0.45 to 0.65, as determined using the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-142) are considered to be within the scope of the present invention. In one embodiment, <μκ> is in the range of 0.50 to 0.60.
[00140] The overall or total hydrophobicity (H0) of a peptide can be conveniently calculated by taking the algebraic sum of the hydrophobicities of each
Figure imgf000065_0001
amino acid residue in the peptide (i.e., H0 = ι~ 1 H;), where N is the number of amino acid residues in the peptide and H; is the hydrophobicity of the ith amino acid residue). The mean hydrophobicity (<HO>) is the hydrophobicity divided by the number of amino acid residues (i.e., <HO>=HO/N). Generally, ApoA-I Mimics that exhibit a mean hydrophobicity in the range of -0.050 to -0.070, as determined using the normalized consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, J. MoI. Biol. 179:125-142) are considered to be within the scope of the present invention. In one embodiment, the mean hydrophobicity is in the range of -0.030 to -0.055.
[00141 ] The total hydrophobicity of the hydrophobic face (Ho pho) of an amphipathic helix can be obtained by taking the sum of the hydrophobicities of the hydrophobic amino acid residues which fall into the hydrophobic angle as defined
below (i.e.,
Figure imgf000065_0002
ι—\ H;, where H; is as previously defined and NH is the total number of hydrophobic amino acid residues in the hydrophobic face). The mean hydrophobicity of the hydrophobic face (<Ho pho>) is Ho pho/NH where NH is as defined above. Generally, ApoA-I Mimics which exhibit a <Ho pho> in the range of 0.90 to 1.20, as determined using the consensus hydrophobicity scale of Eisenberg (Eisenberg, 1984, supra; Eisenberg et al., 1982, supra) are considered to be within the scope of the present invention. In one embodiment, the <Ho pho> is in the range of 0.94 to 1.10.
[00142] The hydrophobic angle (pho angle) is generally defined as the angle or arc covered by the longest continuous stretch of hydrophobic amino acid residues when the peptide is arranged in the Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel representation (i.e., the number of contiguous hydrophobic residues on the wheel multiplied by 20°). The hydrophilic angle (phi angle) is the difference between 360° and the pho angle (i.e., 360°-pho angle). Those of skill in the art will recognize that the pho and phi angles can depend, in part, on the number of amino acid residues in the peptide. For example, referring to FIG. 2, it can be seen that only 18 amino acid residues fit around one rotation of the Schiffer-Edmundson helical wheel for Segrest's consensus 22-mer peptide Pro-Val-Leu-Asp-Glu-Phe-Arg-Glu-Lys-Leu-Asn-Glu-Glu-Leu-Glu-Ala- Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Lys (SEQ ID NO. 1). Fewer amino acid residues leave a gap in the wheel; more amino acid residues cause certain positions of the wheel to be occupied by more than one amino acid residue.
[00143] In the case of peptides having 15 or more amino acid residues, such as an ApoA-I Mimic having from 15 to 29 residues, a "continuous" stretch of hydrophobic amino acid residues is meant that at least one amino acid residue at positions along the wheel containing two or more amino acid residues is a hydrophobic amino acid residue. Thus, referring to FIG. 2, the pho angle is the arc covered by residues 16, 2, 6, 17, 10, 3, and 14 despite the occurrence of a hydrophilic residue at position 20, as the residue at position 2, which shares the same position on the wheel, is a hydrophobic residue. Typically, ApoA-I Mimics having a pho angle in the range of 160° to 220° are considered to be within the scope of the invention. In some embodiments, the pho angle is in the range of 180° to 200°.
[00144] In Peptide 16 (Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-
Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 16)) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, an illustrative ApoA-I Mimic, positively- charged amino acid residues are clustered at the last N-terminal turn of the helix. While not being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the cluster of basic residues at the N-terminus stabilizes the helix through charge (NH3 +)-helix dipole electrostatic interactions. It is also thought that stabilization occurs through hydrophobic interactions between lysine side chains and the helix core (see, Groebke et al., 1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 93:4025-4029; Esposito et al., 1997, Biopolymers 41:27-35).
[00145] With the exception of the positively-charged N-terminal cluster, negative charges in Peptide 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are distributed on the rest of the hydrophilic face, with at least one negatively charged (acidic) amino acid residue per turn, resulting in a continuous stretch of negative charges along the hydrophilic face of the helix. One positive charge is located at residue 16, which potentially contributes to helix stability by forming a salt bridge with an acidic residue one turn away on the helix.
[00146] It is believed that NMR studies of Peptide 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof would indicate that amino acid residues 13, 14, 17, and 20 of the peptide form a hydrophobic cluster near the C-terminus of the helix. Phe-17 is centered in this cluster and is believed to play an important role in stabilizing the hydrophobic cluster.
[00147] While not being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the hydrophobic cluster formed by residues 13, 14, 17, and 20 of Peptide 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is significant in effecting lipid binding and LCAT activation. Amphipathic peptides are expected to bind phospholipids by pointing their hydrophobic faces towards the alkyl chains of the lipid moieties. Thus, it is believed that this highly hydrophobic cluster contributes to the strong lipid affinities observed for the ApoA-I Mimics of the invention. Since lipid binding is a prerequisite for LCAT activation, it is believed that this hydrophobic cluster is also essential for LCAT activation.
[00148] Aromatic residues can be important in anchoring peptides and proteins to lipids (De Kruijff, 1990, Biosci. Rep. 10:127-130; O'Neil and De Grado, 1990, Science 250:645-651; Blondelle et al., 1993, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1202:331-336). Thus, it is further believed that Phe-17, which is positioned at the center of the hydrophobic cluster, may also play a key role in anchoring Peptide 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a lipid.
[00149] The long axis of the α-helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics typically has an overall curved shape. In typical amphipathic helices, it has been found that the lengths of the hydrogen bonds of the hydrophilic and hydrophobic faces vary such that the hydrophobic side of the helix is concave (Barlow and Thornton, 1988, J. MoI. Biol. 201:601-619; Zhou et al., 1992, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 33:11174-11183; Gesell et al., 1997, J. Biomol. NMR 9:127-135). While not being bound by theory, it is believed that the overall curvature of the hydrophobic face of the helix might be important in binding discoidal complexes-a curved helix permits the peptide to "fit" better around the edges of discoidal particles, thereby increasing the stability of the peptide-disc complex.
[00150] In the generally accepted structural model of ApoA-I, the amphipathic α-helices are packed around the edge of the discoidal HDL (see, FIG. 4B). In this model, the helices are assumed to be aligned with their hydrophobic faces pointing towards the lipid acyl chains (Brasseur et al., 1990, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1043:245-252). The helices are arranged in an antiparallel fashion, and a cooperative effect between the helices is thought to contribute to the stability of the discoidal HDL complex (Brasseur et al., supra). It has been proposed that one factor that contributes to the stability of the HDL discoidal complex is the existence of ionic interactions between acidic and basic residues resulting in the formation of intermolecular salt bridges or hydrogen bonds between residues on adjacent anti-parallel helices. In this model, the peptides are considered not as a single entity, but as in interaction with at least two other neighboring peptide molecules (FIG. 4B).
[00151] It is also generally accepted that intramolecular hydrogen bond or salt bridge formation between acidic and basic residues, respectively, at positions i and i+3 of the helix stabilize the helical structure (Marqusee et al:, 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84(24):8898-8902).
[00152] Thus, the ApoA-I Mimics have the ability to form intermolecular hydrogen-bonds with one another when aligned in an antiparallel fashion with their hydrophobic faces pointing in the same direction, such as would be the case when the peptides are bound to lipids. The ApoA-I Mimics also have the ability to form intramolecular hydrogen bonds or salt bridges near the N- and C-termini of the helix.
[00153] Furthermore, when arranged in this anti-parallel fashion, the helices are closely packed; there is no steric hindrance preventing close contact between the helices. The ApoA-I Mimics have the ability to closely pack and ionically interact to form intra- and/or inter-molecular salt bridges and/or hydrogen bonds when bound to lipids in an antiparallel fashion.
[00154] The ApoA-I Mimics can self-associate. The self-association phenomenon depends on the conditions of pH, peptide concentration and ionic strength, and can result in several states of association, from monomeric to several multimeric forms (FIG. 4A). The hydrophobic core of peptide aggregates favors hydrophobic interactions with lipids. The ability of the peptides to aggregate even at very low concentrations may favor their binding to lipids. It is thought that in the core of the peptide aggregates peptide-peptide interactions also occur and may compete with lipid-peptide interactions.
[00155] The hydrophobic core of the aggregates of the ApoA-I Mimics favors hydrophobic interactions with lipids. The ability of the ApoA-I Mimics to aggregate even at very low concentrations can favor their binding to lipids. Interactions between the ApoA-I Mimics and lipids lead to the formation of peptide-lipid complexes. As illustrated in FIG. 4A, the type of complex obtained (comicelles, discs, vesicles or multilayers) can depend on the lipid:peptide molar ratio, with comicelles generally being formed at low lipid:peptide molar ratios and discoidal and vesicular or multilayer complexes being formed with increasing lipid:peptide molar ratios. Micelles are typically formed at ratios of about 2 moles of lipid: about 1 mole of ApoA-I or about 2 moles of lipid: about 6 to about 10 moles of ApoA-I Mimic. Discoidal complexes are typically formed at ratios of about 50-100 moles of lipid: about 1 mole of ApoA-I or about 6 to about 10 moles of ApoA-I Mimic. Vesicular complexes are typically formed at ratios of about 200 to about 300 moles of lipid: about 1 mole of ApoA-I or about 6 to about 10 moles of ApoA-I Mimic. This characteristic has been described for amphipathic peptides (Epand, The Amphipathic Helix, 1993) and for ApoA-I (Jones, 1992, Structure and Function of Apolipoproteins, Chapter 8, pp. 217-250). The lipid:peptide molar ratio also determines the size and composition of the complexes.
D. Altered Forms of the Peptides of Formula I, II, and III and Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts Thereof
[00156] In other embodiments, the ApoA-I Mimics have 22 amino acid residues or fewer. Indeed, truncated or internally deleted forms of Formula I, II, or III containing 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, or even 15 amino acid residues that substantially retain the overall characteristics and properties of the amphipathic helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics are considered to be within the scope of the present invention.
[00157] In one embodiment of the invention, truncated forms of the ApoA-I
Mimics are obtained by deleting one or more amino acid residues from the N-and/or C-terminus. Internally deleted forms of the ApoA-I Mimics are obtained by deleting one or more amino acid residues from internal positions within the ApoA-I Mimics. The internal amino acid residues deleted can be consecutive residues or non- consecutive residues.
[00158] Those of skill in the art will recognize that deleting an internal amino acid residue from an ApoA-I Mimic can cause the plane of the hydrophilic- hydrophobic interface of the helix to rotate by 100° at the point of the deletion. As such rotations can significantly alter the amphipathic properties of the resultant helix, in one embodiment of the invention one or more amino acid residues are deleted so as to substantially retain the alignment of the plane of the hydrophilic-hydrophobic interface along the entire long axis of the helix.
[00159] This can be conveniently achieved by deleting a sufficient number of consecutive or non-consecutive amino acid residues such that one complete helical turn is deleted. An idealized α-helix has 3.6 residues per turn. Thus, in one embodiment, groups of 3-4 consecutive or non-consecutive amino acid residues are deleted. Whether 3 amino acid residues or 4 amino acid residues are deleted can depend upon the position within the helix of the first residue to be deleted. Determining the appropriate number of consecutive or non-consecutive amino acid residues that constitute one complete helical turn from any particular starting point within an amphipathic helix is well within the capabilities of those of skill in the art.
[00160] The ApoA-I Mimics can also be extended at one or both termini or internally with additional amino acid residues that do not substantially interfere with, and in some embodiments even enhance, the structural and/or functional properties of the peptides. Indeed, extended ApoA-I Mimics containing as many as 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, or 29 amino acid residues are also within the scope of the invention. Such extended ApoA-I Mimics may substantially retain the net amphipathicity and other properties of the ApoA-I Mimics. Of course, it will be recognized that adding amino acid residues internally can rotate the plane of the hydrophobic -hydrophilic interface at the point of the insertion in a manner similar to that described above for internal deletions. Thus, the considerations discussed above in connection with internal deletions apply to internal additions, as well.
[00161] In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics are extended at their N- and/or C-terminus by an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues.
[00162] In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics are extended at their N- and/or C-terminus by least one helical turn. Such extensions stabilize the helical secondary structure in the presence of lipids, such as the end-cap amino acid residues and segments previously described.
[00163] In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics are extended at the N- terminus by a single basic amino acid residue, such as Lys (K). In one embodiment, X1 is Lys, X2 is Lys, X3 is Leu, X4 is Lys, X5 is GIn, X6 is Lys, X7 is Leu, X8 is Ala, X9 is GIu, X10 is Leu, X11 is Leu, X12 is GIu, X13 is Asn, X14 is Leu, X15 is Leu, X16 is GIu, X17 is Arg, X18 is Phe, X19 is Leu, X20 is Asp, X21 is Leu, X22 is VaI, and X23 is Inp.
[00164] Also included within the scope of the present invention are "protected" forms of the ApoA-I Mimics, i.e., forms of the ApoA-I Mimics in which the R1 is an amino protecting group and/or R is a carboxy protecting group. It is believed that removing the N- and/or C-terminal charges of the ApoA-I Mimics having 18 or fewer amino acid residues (by synthesizing N-acylated peptide amides/ ester/ hydrazides/ alcohols and substitutions thereof) can result in mimics which approach, and in some embodiments even exceed, the activity of the unprotected form of the mimic. In some embodiments having 22 or more amino acid residues, it is believed that blocking the N- or C-terminus can result in ApoA-I Mimics that exhibit lower activity than the unblocked forms. However, protecting both the N- and C-termini of ApoA-I Mimics of 22 or more amino acid residues can restore activity. Thus, in one embodiment of the invention, either the N- and/or C-terminus (in another embodiment, both termini) of ApoA-I Mimics having 18 or fewer amino acid residues are protected, whereas the N- and C-termini of peptides having 22 or more amino acid residues are either both protected or both unprotected. Typical N-terminal blocking groups include RC(O)-, where R is -H, (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C2-C6) alkynyl, (C5-C20) aryl, (C6 -C26) alkaryl, 5-20 membered heteroaryl or 6-26 membered alkheteroaryl. Particular N- terminal blocking groups include acetyl, formyl and dansyl. Typical C-terminal blocking groups include -C(O)NRR and -C(O)OR, where each R is independently defined as above. Particular C-terminal blocking groups include those where each R is independently methyl. While not being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that such terminal blocking groups stabilize the α-helix in the presence of lipids (see, e.g., Venkatachelapathi et al., 1993, PROTEINS: Structure, Function and Genetics 15:349-359).
E. Dimers, Turners, Tetramers, and Multimers of the Peptides of Formula I, II, or III and Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts Thereof
[00165] The structure of native ApoA-I contains eight helical units that are thought to act in concert to bind lipids (Nakagawa et al., 1985, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 107:7087-7092; Anantharamaiah et al., 1985, J. Biol. Chem. 260:10248-10262; Vanloo et al., 1991, J. Lipid Res. 32:1253-1264; Mendez et al., 1994, J. Clin. Invest. 94: 1698-1705; Palgunari et al., 1996, Arterioscler. Thromb. Vase. Biol. 16:328-338; Demoor et al., 1996, Eur. J. Biochem. 239:74-84). Thus, also included in the present invention are dimers, trimers, tetramers and even higher order polymers ("multimers") of the ApoA-I Mimics. Such multimers may be in the form of tandem repeats, branched networks or combinations thereof. The ApoA-I Mimics may be directly attached to one another or separated by one or more linkers.
[00166] The ApoA-I Mimics that comprise the multimers may be the peptides of Formula I, II, or III, analogs of Formula I, II, or III, altered forms of Formula I, II, or III, truncated or internally deleted forms of Formula I, II, or III, extended forms of Formula I, II, or III, and/or combinations thereof. The ApoA-I Mimics can be connected in a head-to-tail fashion (i.e., N-terminus to C-terminus), a head-to-head fashion, (i.e., N-terminus to N-terminus), a tail-to-tail fashion (i.e., C-terminus to C- terminus), or combinations thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[00167] In one embodiment of the invention, the multimers are tandem repeats of two, three, four and up to about ten ApoA-I Mimics. In one embodiment, the multimers are tandem repeats of from 2 to 8 peptides. Thus, in one embodiment, the invention provides multimers having the following structural formula:
Figure imgf000072_0001
wherein: each m is independently an integer from 0 to 1, and in one embodiment m is 1; n is an integer from 0 to 10, and in one embodiment n is an integer from 0 to 8; each "HH" is independently a radical derived from an ApoA-I Mimic; and each "LL" independently represents a linker.
[00168] In structure (IV), the linker LL can be any bifunctional molecule capable of covalently linking two peptides to one another. Thus, suitable linkers are bifunctional molecules in which the functional groups are capable of being covalently attached to the N- and/or C-terminus of a peptide. Functional groups suitable for attachment to the N- or C-terminus of peptides are well known in the art, as are suitable chemistries for effecting such covalent bond formation.
[00169] The linker can be flexible, rigid or semi-rigid, depending on the desired properties of the multimer. Suitable linkers include, for example, amino acid residues such as Pro, azPro, Pip, azPip, or GIy or peptide segments containing from about 2 to about 5, 10, 15 or 20 or even more amino acid residues, bifunctional organic compounds such as H2N(CHz)nCOOH, HO(CH2)nCOOH, and HO(CH2CH2O^CH2CH2COOH, where n is an integer from 1 to 12, and the like. Examples of such linkers, as well as methods of making such linkers and compounds incorporating such linkers are well-known in the art {see, e.g., Hunig et al., 1974, Chem. Ber. 100:3039-3044; Basak et al., 1994, Bioconjug. Chem. 5(4):301-305).
[00170] In one embodiment of the invention, the tandem repeats are internally punctuated by a single proline residue. In those instances where the ApoA-I Mimics do not contain an N- or C-terminal proline residue, LL can be Pro, D-Pro, azPro, Pip, D-Pip, or azPip and m is 1.
[00171] In some embodiments of the invention, it can be desirable to employ cleavable linkers that permit the release of one or more helical segments (HH) under certain conditions. Suitable cleavable linkers include peptides having sequences of amino acid residues that are recognized by proteases, oligonucleotides that can be cleaved by endonucleases and organic compounds that can be cleaved via chemical means, such as under acidic, basic or other conditions. Typically, the cleavage conditions will be relatively mild so as not to denature or otherwise degrade the helical segments and/or non-cleaved linkers composing the multimers.
[00172] Peptide and oligonucleotide linkers that can be selectively cleaved, as well as means for cleaving the linkers are well known and will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art. Suitable organic compound linkers that can be selectively cleaved will be apparent to those of skill in the art, and include those described, for example, in WO 94/08051 , as well as the references cited therein.
[00173] In one embodiment, the linkers employed are peptides that are substrates for endogenous circulatory enzymes, thereby permitting the multimers to be selectively cleaved in vivo. An endogenous enzyme suitable for cleaving the linkers is, for example, proapolipoprotein A-I propeptidase. Appropriate enzymes, as well as peptide segments that act as substrates for such enzymes, are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Edelstein et al., 1983, J. Biol. Chem. 258:11430-11433; Zanis, 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2574-2578).
[00174] In one embodiment, linkers of sufficient length and flexibility are used so as to permit the helical segments (HH) of structure (II) to align in an antiparallel fashion and form intermolecular hydrogen-bonds or salt bridges in the presence of lipids. Linkers of sufficient length and flexibility include, but are not limited to, a residue or radical of Pro, D-Pro, azPro, Pip, D-Pip, azPip, GIy, Cys-Cys, H2N(CHz)nCOOH, H0(CH2)nC00H, or HO(CH2CH2θ)nCH2CH2COOH where n is 1 to 12, or 4 to 6; H2N-aryl-COOH and carbohydrates.
[00175] Alternatively, as the native apolipoproteins permit cooperative binding between antiparallel helical segments, peptide linkers which correspond in primary sequence to the peptide segments connecting adjacent helices of the native apolipoproteins, including, for example, ApoA-I, ApoA-II, ApoA-IV, ApoC-I, ApoC- II, ApoC-III, ApoD, ApoE and ApoJ can be conveniently used to link the ApoA-I Mimics of Formula I. These sequences are well known in the art (see, e.g., Rosseneu et al., "Analysis of the Primary and of the Secondary Structure of the Apolipoproteins," In: Structure and Function of Lipoproteins, Ch. 6, 159-183, CRC Press, Inc., 1992).
[00176] Other linkers which permit the formation of intermolecular hydrogen bonds or salt bridges between tandem repeats of antiparallel helical segments include peptide reverse turns such as β-turns and γ-turns, as well as organic molecules that mimic the structures of peptide β-turns and/or γ-turns. Generally, reverse turns are segments of peptide that reverse the direction of the polypeptide chain so as to allow a single polypeptide chain to adopt regions of antiparallel β-sheet or antiparallel α- helical structure. β-Turns generally are composed of four amino acid residues and γ- turns are generally composed of three amino acid residues.
[00177] The conformations and sequences of many peptide β-turns have been well-described in the art and include, by way of example and not limitation, type-I, type-I', type-II, type-II', type-III, type-Ill', type-IV, type-V, type-V, type- Via, type- VIb, type- VII and type-VIII (see, Richardson, 1981, Adv. Protein Chem. 34:167-339; Rose et al., 1985, Adv. Protein Chem. 37: 1-109; Wilmot et al., 1988, J. MoI. Biol. 203:221-232; Sibanda et al., 1989, J. MoI. Biol. 206:759-777; Tramontano et al., 1989, Proteins: Struct. Funct. Genet. 6:382-394).
[00178] The specific conformations of short peptide turns such as β-turns depend primarily on the positions of certain amino acid residues in the turn (usually GIy, Asn or Pro). Generally, the type-I β-turn is compatible with any amino acid residue at positions 1 through 4 of the turn, except that Pro cannot occur at position 3. GIy predominates at position 4 and Pro predominates at position 2 of both type-I and type-II turns. Asp, Asn, Ser and Cys residues frequently occur at position 1, where their side chains often hydrogen-bond to the NH of residue 3.
[00179] In type-II turns, GIy and Asn occur most frequently at position 3, as they adopt the required backbone angles most easily. Ideally, type-I' turns have GIy at positions 2 and 3, and type-II' turns have GIy at position 2. Type-III turns generally can have most amino acid residues, but type-III' turns usually require GIy at positions 2 and 3. Type- Via and VIb turns generally have a cis peptide bond and Pro as an internal residue. For a review of the different types and sequences of β-turns in proteins and peptides the reader is referred to Wilmot et al., 1988, J. MoI. Biol. 203:221-232.
[00180] The conformation and sequences of many peptide γ-turns have also been well-described in the art {see, e.g., Rose et al., 1985, Adv. Protein Chem. 37: 1- 109; Wilmer- White et al., 1987, Trends Biochem. Sci. 12:189-192; Wilmot et al., 1988, J. MoI. Biol. 203:221-232; Sibanda et al., 1989, J. MoI. Biol. 206:759-777; Tramontano et al., 1989, Proteins: Struct. Funct. Genet. 6:382-394). All of these types of β-turns and γ-turn structures and their corresponding sequences, as well as later discovered peptide β-turns and γ-turn structures and sequences, are specifically included in the invention.
[00181] Alternatively, the linker (LL) can comprise an organic molecule or moiety that mimics the structure of a peptide β-turn or γ-turn. Such β-turn and/or γ- turn mimetic moieties, as well as methods for synthesizing peptides containing such moieties, are well known in the art, and include, among others, those described in Giannis and Kolter, 1993 Angew. Chem. Intl. Ed. Eng. 32:1244-1267; Kahn et al., 1988, J. Molecular Recognition 1:75-79; and Kahn et al., 1987, Tetrahedron Lett. 28: 1623-1626.
[00182] In still another embodiment of the invention, the multimers are in the form of branched networks (see, e.g. , FIG. 3). Such networks are conveniently obtained through the use of multifunction linking moieties that permit more than two helical units to be attached to a simple linking moiety. Thus, branched networks employ molecules having three, four or even more functional groups that are capable of covalently attaching to the N- and/or C-terminus of a peptide. Suitable linking moieties include, for example, residues of amino acids having side chains bearing hydroxyl, sulfanyl, amino, carboxyl, amide and/or ester functionalities, such as, for example, Ser (S), Thr (T), Cys (C), Tyr (Y), Asn (N), GIn (Q), Lys (K), Arg (R), Orn, Asp (D) and GIu (E); as well as the corresponding D-enantiomer of each of the foregoing; or residues of other organic molecules containing such functional groups.
[00183] The helical segments attached to a single linking moiety need not be attached via like termini. Indeed, in some embodiments the helical segments are attached to a single linking moiety so as to be arranged in an antiparallel fashion, i.e., some of the helices are attached via their N-termini, others via their C-termini.
[00184] The helical segments can be attached directly to the linking moiety, or can be spaced from the linking moiety by way of one or more bifunctional linkers (LL), as previously described.
[00185] Referring to FIGS. 3A and 3B, it can be seen that a branched network can be described in terms of the number of "nodes" comprising the network, where each multifunctional linking moiety constitutes a node. In FIGS. 3 A and 3B, helical segments (i.e., ApoA-I Mimics) are illustrated as cylinders, and multifunctional linking moieties (or nodes) as circles (•), where the number of lines emanating from the circle indicates the "order" (or number of functional groups) of the multifunctional linking moiety.
[00186] The number of nodes in the network will generally depend on the total desired number of helical segments, and will typically be from about 1 to 2. Of course, it will be appreciated that for a given number of desired helical segments, networks having higher order linking moieties will have fewer nodes. For example, referring to FIGS. 3 A and 3B, a tertiary-order network (i.e., a network having trifunctional linking moieties) of seven helical units has three nodes (FIG. 3A), whereas a quaternary order network (i.e., a network having tetrafunctional linking moieties) of seven helical units has only two nodes (FIG. 3B).
[00187] The networks can be of uniform order, i.e. , networks in which all nodes are, for example, trifunctional or tetrafunctional linking moieties, or can be of mixed order, e.g., networks in which the nodes are mixtures of, for example, trifunctional and tetrafunctional linking moieties. Of course, it is to be understood that even in uniform order networks the linking moieties need not be identical. A tertiary order network can employ, for example, two, three, four or even more different trifunctional linking moieties.
[00188] Like the linear multimers, the helical segments comprising the branched network can be, but need not be, identical.
[00189] An example of such a mixed order branched network is illustrated in
FIG. 3C. In FIG. 3C, helical segments (i.e., ApoA-I Mimics) are illustrated as cylinders and multifunctional linking moieties as circles (•), where the number of lines emanating from the circle indicates the "order" (or number of functional groups) of the multifunctional linking moiety. Lines connecting helical segments represent bifunctional linkers LL, as previously described. Helical segments which comprise the branched networks can be tandem repeats of ApoA-I Mimics, as previously described.
[00190] In one illustrative embodiment, the branched networks of the invention are described by the formula:
X Nya X(ya-1 )~T~Nyb X(yb-1 ) I
V ' V (V) wherein: each X is independently a radical derived from a multimer of the formula:
HH H-- I-LLn- HH-I-LLn - hH H
(VI) wherein: each HH is independently a radical derived from an ApoA-I Mimic; each LL is independently a bifunctional linker; each m is independently an integer from 0 to 1 ; each n is independently an integer from 0 to 8;
Ny3 and Nyb are each independently a multifunctional linking moiety where ya and yb represent the number of functional groups on Nya and Nyb, respectively; each ya or yb is independently an integer from 3 to 8; and p is an integer from 0 to 7.
[00191] In one embodiment, the branched network comprises a "Lys tree," i.e., a network wherein the multifunctional linking moiety is one or more Lys (K) residues (see, e.g. , FIG. 3D).
[00192] In one illustrative embodiment, the "Lys tree" branched networks of the invention are described by the formulae:
Figure imgf000078_0001
(VIII) wherein: each X is independently a radical derived from a multimer of the formula:
Figure imgf000079_0001
each HH is independently a radical derived from an ApoA-I Mimic of Formula I; each LL is independently a bifunctional linker; each n is independently an integer from 0 to 8; each m is independently an integer from 0 to 1 ;
R1 is -OR or -NRR; and each R is independently -H, (Ci -C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C2-C6) alkynyl; or (C5 -C26) aryl.
[00193] Some additional illustrative ApoA-I Mimics are set forth in Table 7 below:
Table 7.
Figure imgf000079_0002
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Peptide 458 Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln-Leu-Asp-Glu-Leu-Leu-Arg-Glu-Phe-Leu-Glu- Leu-Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 458)
Peptide 459 Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Glu-Leu-Lys-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp- Leu- Val-azPip (SEQ. ID. NO. 459) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00194] Some illustrative ApoA-I Mimics having an acetylated N-terminus and an amidated C-terminus are set forth in Tables 8 and 9 below:
Table 8.
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
///. Synthesis of the ApoA-I Mimics
[00195] The ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared using virtually any art-known technique for the preparation of peptides. For example, the ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared using conventional step-wise solution or solid phase peptide syntheses, or recombinant DNA techniques.
A. Chemical Synthesis
[00196] The ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared using conventional step-wise solution or solid phase synthesis (see, e.g., Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins, Williams et al., Eds., 1997, CRC Press, Boca Raton FIa., and references cited therein; Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, Atherton & Sheppard, Eds., 1989, IRL Press, Oxford, England, and references cited therein).
[00197] Alternatively, the ApoA-I Mimics can be prepared by way of segment condensation, as described, for example, in Liu et al., 1996, Tetrahedron Lett. 37(7):933-936; Baca, et al., 1995, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 117:1881-1887; Tarn et al., 1995, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 45:209-216; Schnolzer and Kent, 1992, Science 256:221-225; Liu and Tarn, 1994, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 116(10):4149-4153; Liu and Tarn, 1994, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:6584-6588; Yamashiro and Li, 1988, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 31:322-334). This is particularly the case with peptides having a glycineresidue. Other methods useful for synthesizing the ApoA-I Mimics are described in Nakagawa et al., 1985, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 107:7087-7092.
[00198] ApoA-I Mimics having N- and/or C-terminal capping groups can be prepared using standard techniques of organic chemistry. For example, methods for acylating the N-terminus of a peptide or amidating or esterifying the C-terminus of a peptide are well-known in the art. Modes of carrying other modifications at the N- and/or C-terminus will be apparent to those of skill in the art, as will modes of protecting any side-chain functionalities as can be necessary to attach terminal blocking groups.
[00199] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts (counter ions) can be conveniently prepared by ion-exchange chromatography or other methods as are well known in the art.
[00200] ApoA-I Mimics that are in the form of tandem multimers can be conveniently synthesized by adding the linker(s) to the peptide chain at the appropriate step in the synthesis. Alternatively, the helical segments can be synthesized and each segment reacted with the linker. Of course, the actual method of synthesis will depend on the composition of the linker. Suitable protecting schemes and chemistries are well known, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
[00201] ApoA-I Mimics that are in the form of branched networks can be conveniently synthesized using the trimeric and tetrameric resins and chemistries described in Tarn, 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5409-5413 and Demoor et al., 1996, Eur. J. Biochem. 239:74-84. Modifying the synthetic resins and strategies to synthesize branched networks of higher or lower order, or which contain combinations of different ApoA-I Mimic helical segments, is well within the capabilities of those of skill in the art of peptide chemistry and/or organic chemistry.
[00202] Formation of disulfide linkages, if desired, can be conducted in the presence of mild oxidizing agents. Chemical oxidizing agents can be used, or the ApoA-I Mimics can simply be exposed to atmospheric oxygen to effect these linkages. Various methods are known in the art, including those described, for example, by Tarn et al., 1979, Synthesis 955-957; Stewart et al., 1984, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d Ed., Pierce Chemical Company Rockford, 111.; Ahmed et al., 1975, J. Biol. Chem. 250:8477-8482; and Pennington et al., 1991 Peptides 1990 164- 166, Giralt and Andreu, Eds., ESCOM Leiden, The Netherlands. An additional alternative is described by Kamber et al., 1980, HeIv. Chim. Acta 63:899-915. A method conducted on solid supports is described by Albericio, 1985, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 26:92-97. Any of these methods can be used to form disulfide linkages in the peptides of the invention.
[00203] ApoA-I Mimics having one or more internal glycine residues can be synthesized in relatively high yield by way of segment condensation, thereby providing advantages for large-scale production. Segment condensation, i. e. , the joining together of small constituent peptide chains to form a larger peptide chain, has been used to prepare many biologically active peptides, including 44-amino acid residue mimics of ApoA-I (see, e.g., Nakagawa et al., 1985, J. Am Chem. Soc. 107:7087-7083; Nokihara et al., 1989, Peptides 1988:166-168; Kneib-Cordonnier et al., 1990, Int. J. Pept. Protein Res. 35:527-538).
[00204] Advantages of synthesis via segment condensation include the ability to condense pre-formed segments in the solution phase and the ease of purification of the final product. Drawbacks of the method include low coupling efficiency and yield at the condensation step and low solubility of certain peptide sequences. The coupling efficiency of the condensation step can be increased by increasing the coupling time. Typically, increasing the coupling time results in increased racemezation of the product (Sieber et al., 1970, HeIv. Chim. Acta 53:2135-2150). However, since glycine lacks a chiral center it does not undergo racemezation (proline residues, due to steric hindrance, also undergo little or no racemezation at long coupling times). Thus, embodiments containing internal glycine residues can be synthesized in bulk in high yield via segment condensation by synthesizing constituent segments which take advantage of the fact that glycine residues do not undergo racemezation. Thus, ApoA-I Mimics having one or more internal glycine residues provide synthetic advantages for large-scale bulk preparation.
B. Recombinant Synthesis
[00205] If the ApoA-I Mimic is composed entirely of genetically-encoded amino acid residues, or a portion of it is so composed, the ApoA-I Mimic or the relevant portion can also be synthesized using conventional recombinant genetic engineering techniques.
[00206] For recombinant production, a polynucleotide sequence encoding the peptide is inserted into an appropriate expression vehicle, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence, or in the case of an RNA viral vector, the necessary elements for replication and translation. The expression vehicle is then transfected into a suitable target cell which will express the peptide. Depending on the expression system used, the expressed peptide is then isolated by procedures well-established in the art. Methods for recombinant protein and peptide production are well known in the art (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989, Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, N. Y.; and Ausubel et al., 1989, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, N. Y. each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.)
[00207] To increase efficiency of production, the polynucleotide can be designed to encode multiple units of the peptide separated by enzymatic cleavage sites— either homopolymers (repeating peptide units) or heteropolymers (different peptides strung together) can be engineered in this way. The resulting polypeptide can be cleaved (e.g. , by treatment with the appropriate enzyme) in order to recover the peptide units. This can increase the yield of peptides driven by a single promoter. In one embodiment, a polycistronic polynucleotide can be designed so that a single mRNA is transcribed which encodes multiple peptides (i.e., homopolymers or heteropolymers) each coding region operatively linked to a cap-independent translation control sequence; e.g., an internal ribosome entry site (IRES). When used in appropriate viral expression systems, the translation of each peptide encoded by the mRNA is directed internally in the transcript; e.g. , by the IRES. Thus, the polycistronic construct directs the transcription of a single, large polycistronic mRNA which, in turn, directs the translation of multiple, individual peptides. This approach eliminates the production and enzymatic processing of polyproteins and can significantly increase yield of peptide driven by a single promoter.
[00208] A variety of host-expression vector systems can be utilized to express the ApoA-I Mimics. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA or plasmid DNA expression vectors containing an appropriate coding sequence; yeast or filamentous fungi transformed with recombinant yeast or fungi expression vectors containing an appropriate coding sequence; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing an appropriate coding sequence; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus or tobacco mosaic virus) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e.g., Ti plasmid) containing an appropriate coding sequence; or animal cell systems.
[00209] The expression elements of the expression systems can vary in their strength and specificities. Depending on the host/vector system utilized, any of a number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, can be used in the expression vector. For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as pL of bacteriophage λ, plac, ptrp, ptac (ptrp-lac hybrid promoter) and the like can be used; when cloning in insect cell systems, promoters such as the baculovirus polyhedron promoter can be used; when cloning in plant cell systems, promoters derived from the genome of plant cells (e.g., heat shock promoters; the promoter for the small subunit of RUBISCO; the promoter for the chlorophyll a/b binding protein) or from plant viruses (e.g., the 35S RNA promoter of CaMV; the coat protein promoter of TMV) can be used; when cloning in mammalian cell systems, promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g., metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (e.g., the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5 K promoter) can be used; when generating cell lines that contain multiple copies of expression product, SV40-, BPV- and EBV-based vectors can be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
[00210] In cases where plant expression vectors are used, the expression of sequences encoding the ApoA-I Mimics can be driven by any of a number of promoters. For example, viral promoters such as the 35 S RNA and 19S RNA promoters of CaMV (Brisson et al., 1984, Nature 310:511-514), or the coat protein promoter of TMV (Takamatsu et al., 1987, EMBO J. 6:307-311) can be used; alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO (Coruzzi et al., 1984, EMBO J. 3: 1671-1680; Broglie et al., 1984, Science 224:838-843) or heat shock promoters, e.g., soybean hspl7.5-E or hspl7.3-B (Gurley et al., 1986, MoI. Cell. Biol. 6:559-565) can be used. These constructs can be introduced into plant cells using Ti plasmids, Ri plasmids, plant virus vectors, direct DNA transformation, microinjection, electroporation, etc. For reviews of such techniques see, e.g., Weissbach & Weissbach, 1988, Methods for Plant Molecular Biology, Academic Press, N. Y., Section VIII, pp. 421-463; and Grierson & Corey, 1988, Plant Molecular Biology, 2d Ed., Blackie, London, Ch. 7-9.
[00211] In one insect expression system that can be used to produce the ApoA-
I Mimics, Autographa californica, nuclear polyhidrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express the foreign genes. The virus grows in Spodoptera frugiperda cells. A coding sequence can be cloned into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedron gene) of the virus and placed under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example, the polyhedron promoter). Successful insertion of a coding sequence will result in inactivation of the polyhedron gene and production of non-occluded recombinant virus (i.e., virus lacking the proteinaceous coat coded for by the polyhedron gene). These recombinant viruses are then used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda cells in which the inserted gene is expressed (e.g., see Smith et al., 1983, J. Virol. 46:584; Smith, U.S. Pat. No. 4,215,051). Further examples of this expression system can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 2, Ausubel et al., eds., Greene Publish. Assoc. & Wiley Interscience. [00212] In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression systems can be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, a coding sequence can be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g. , the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene can then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region El or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing peptide in infected hosts. (e.g., See Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 81:3655-3659). Alternatively, the vaccinia 7.5 K promoter can be used, (see, e.g., Mackett et al., 1982, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 79:7415-7419; Mackett et al., 1984, J. Virol. 49:857-864; Panicali et al., 1982, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 79:4927-4931).
[00213] Other expression systems for producing the ApoA-I Mimics will be apparent to those having skill in the art.
C. Purification
[00214] The ApoA-I Mimics can be purified by art-known techniques such as reverse phase chromatography, high performance liquid chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, gel electrophoresis, affinity chromatography and the like. The actual conditions used to purify a particular ApoA-I Mimic can depend, in part, on synthesis strategy and on factors such as net charge, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, etc., and will be apparent to those having skill in the art. Multimeric branched peptides can be purified, e.g., by ion exchange or size exclusion chromatography.
[00215] For affinity chromatography purification, any antibody which specifically binds the ApoA-I Mimic can be used. For the production of antibodies, various host animals, including but not limited to rabbits, mice, rats, etc., can be immunized by injection with a peptide. The peptide can be attached to a suitable carrier, such as BSA, by means of a side chain functional group or linkers attached to a side chain functional group. Various adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum.
[00216] Monoclonal antibodies to an ApoA-I Mimic can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique described by Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495-497, or Kaprowski, U.S. Pat. No. 4,376,110 which is incorporated by reference herein; the human B-cell hybridoma technique) Kosbor et al., 1983, Immunology Today 4:72; Cote et al., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:2026-2030); and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Cole et al., 1985, Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96 (1985)). In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies" Morrison et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 81:6851-6855; Neuberger et al., 1984, Nature 312:604-608; Takeda et al., 1985, Nature 314:452-454, Boss, U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397; Cabilly, U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; which are incorporated by reference herein) by splicing the genes from a mouse antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological activity can be used. Or "humanized" antibodies can be prepared (see, e.g., Queen, U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089 which is incorporated by reference herein). Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778) can be adapted to produce peptide- specific single chain antibodies.
[00217] Antibody fragments which contain deletions of specific binding sites can be generated by known techniques. For example, such fragments include but are not limited to F(ab')2 fragments, which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments, which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression libraries can be constructed (Huse et al., 1989, Science 246:1275-1281) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity for the peptide of interest.
[00218] The antibody or antibody fragment specific for the desired ApoA-I
Mimic can be attached, for example, to agarose, and the antibody-agarose complex is used in immunochromatography to purify peptides of the invention. See, Scopes, 1984, Protein Purification: Principles and Practice, Springer- Verlag New York, Inc., N. Y., Livingstone, 1974, Methods In Enzymology: Immunoaffinity Chromatography of Proteins 34:723-731.
IV. Compositions
[00219] In one embodiment, the invention provides compositions comprising an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
[00220] The compositions can be formulated for administration to a mammal by injection. Injectable preparations include sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions of the active ingredient in aqueous or oily vehicles. The compositions can also comprise formulating agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agent. The formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multidose containers, and can contain added preservatives. Alternatively, the injectable formulation can be provided in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, including but not limited to sterile pyrogen free water, buffer, dextrose solution, etc., before use. To this end, an ApoA-I Mimic can be lyophilized, or a co-lyophilized peptide- lipid complex can be prepared. The stored preparations can be supplied in unit dosage forms and reconstituted prior to use in vivo.
[00221] For prolonged delivery, the composition can be formulated as a depot preparation, for administration by implantation; e.g., subcutaneous, intradermal, or intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the ApoA-I Mimic can be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives; e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt form of the ApoA-I Mimic.
[00222] In other embodiment, the compositions are administered intravenously.
Alternatively, transdermal delivery systems manufactured as an adhesive disc or patch which slowly releases the active ingredient for percutaneous absorption can be used. To this end, permeation enhancers can be used to facilitate transdermal penetration of the ApoA-I Mimic. A particular benefit can be achieved by incorporating the ApoA-I Mimic into a nitroglycerin patch for use in a mammal having a Condition such as ischemic heart disease or hypercholesterolemia. [00223] For oral administration, the compositions can take the form of, for example, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g. , magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g. , potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate). The tablets can be coated by methods well known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g. , sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g. , lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g. , methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations can also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate. Preparations for oral administration can be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the ApoA-I Mimic.
[00224] For buccal administration, the compositions can take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner. For rectal and vaginal routes of administration, the active ingredient can be formulated as solutions (for retention enemas) suppositories or ointments.
[00225] For administration by inhalation, the ApoA-I Mimic can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e.g. gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of the ApoA-I Mimic and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
[00226] The compositions can, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which can contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the ApoA-I Mimic. The pack can for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device can be accompanied by instructions for administration.
[00227] In some embodiments, one can formulate or administer the ApoA-I
Mimic as a complex with a lipid. Accordingly, the invention includes ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complexes, compositions thereof, and methods for their administration. The complexes can have several advantages since they can have an increased half- life in the circulation, particularly when the complex has a similar size and density to HDL, and especially the pre-β-1 or pre-β-2 HDL populations. The complexes can be conveniently be prepared using any of a number of methods described below. Stable preparations having a relatively long shelf life can be made by lyophilization, -the co-lyophilization procedure described below being one embodiment. The lyophilized complexes can be used to prepare bulk for pharmaceutical reformulation, or to prepare individual aliquots or dosage units which can be reconstituted by rehydration with sterile water or an appropriate buffered solution prior to administration to a subject.
[00228] A variety of methods well known to those skilled in the art can be used to prepare the complexes. For example, a number of available techniques for preparing liposomes or proteoliposomes can be used. For example, the ApoA-I Mimic can be cosonicated (using a bath or probe sonicator) with appropriate lipids to form complexes. Alternatively the ApoA-I Mimic can be combined with preformed lipid vesicles resulting in the spontaneous formation of peptide-lipid complexes. In yet another alternative, the complexes can be formed by a detergent dialysis method; e.g., a mixture of the ApoA-I Mimic, lipid and detergent is dialyzed to remove the detergent and reconstitute or form complexes (see, e.g., Jonas et al., 1986, Methods in Enzymol. 128:553-582).
[00229] Alternatively, the complexes can be prepared by the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,004,925 ('"925 patent"), the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference. In the methods of the ' 925 patent, the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid are combined in a solvent system which co-solubilizes each ingredient and which can be completely removed by lyophilization. To this end, solvent pairs are selected to ensure co-solubility of both the ApoA-I Mimic and the lipid. In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimic of the complex can be dissolved in an aqueous or organic solvent or mixture of solvents (solvent 1). The lipid, such as a phospholipid, component is dissolved in an aqueous or organic solvent or mixture of solvents (solvent 2) which is miscible with solvent 1 , and the two solutions are mixed. Alternatively, the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid can be incorporated into a co-solvent system; i.e., a mixture of the miscible solvents. Alternatively, the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid can be suspended in a solvent or mixture of solvents. In one embodiment, the mixture of solvents is a mixture of organic solvent and water. Examples of organic solvents include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, xylene, cyclohexane, and methanol. Examples of solvent mixtures include, but are not limited to, acetic acid and xylene, acetic acid and cyclohexane, and methanol and xylene. A suitable proportion of ApoA-I Mimic to lipids can be first determined empirically so that the resultant complexes possess the appropriate physical and chemical properties; i.e., usually (but not necessarily) similar in size to HDL. The resultant mixture is frozen and lyophilized to dryness. Sometimes an additional solvent is added to the mixture to facilitate lyophilization. This lyophilized product may be stored for long periods and will typically remain stable.
[00230] Alternatively, the complexes can be prepared by co-lyophilization of the ApoA-I Mimic with peptide in solutions or suspensions. The homogeneous solution of peptide and phospholipids of choice in an organic solvent or organic solvent mixture can be lyophilized, and peptide/phospholipid complexes can be formed spontaneously by hydration of the lyophilized powder with an aqueous buffer.
[00231] The lyophilized product may be reconstituted in order to obtain a solution or suspension of the complex. To this end, the lyophilized powder is rehydrated with an aqueous solution to a suitable volume (often 5-20 mg peptide/mL which is convenient for intravenous injection). In one embodiment, the lyophilized powder is rehydrated with phosphate buffered saline, saline bicarbonate, or a physiological saline solution. The pH of the mixture can be adjusted to 7.5-8.5. The mixture can be agitated or vortexed to facilitate rehydration, and in most cases, the reconstitution step can be conducted at a temperature equal to or greater than the phase transition temperature of the lipid component of the complexes. Within minutes, a clear preparation of reconstituted lipid-protein complexes results.
[00232] An aliquot of the resultant reconstituted preparation can be characterized to confirm that the complexes in the preparation have the desired size distribution; e.g. , the size distribution of HDL. Characterization of the reconstituted preparation can be performed using any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, size exclusion filtration chromatography, gel filtration chromatography, column filtration chromatography, gel permeation chromatography, and native page electrophoresis. In one embodiment, the reconstituted preparation is characterized by gel filtration chromatography. The size of the resultant complexes may be determinative of their efficacy. In the examples described below, a Pharmacia Superose 6 FPLC gel filtration chromatography system is used. The buffer that is used contains 150 mM NaCl in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH about 7.0 to about 9, in one embodiment 7.5-8.5, in another embodiment 7.4. A typical sample volume is 20 to 200 microliters of complexes containing 5 mg peptide/mL. The column flow rate is 0.5 mL/min. A series of proteins of known molecular weight and Stokes' s diameter as well as human HDL are used as standards to calibrate the column. The proteins and lipoprotein complexes are monitored by absorbance or scattering of light of wavelength 254 or 280 nm.
[00233] The reconstituted preparation can also be characterized to determine the concentration, final pH and osmolality of resulting solution, as well as the concentration and integrities of peptide and individual lipids. ApoA-I Mimic and lipid concentration of the complexes can be measured by any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, protein and phospholipid assays, and chromatographic methods such as high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC"), gel filtration chromatography, gas chromatography ("GC"). The chromatographs can be coupled with various detectors including, but not limited to, mass spectrometers, UV or diode-array, fluorescent, and elastic light scattering detectors. The integrity of the ApoA-I Mimic and lipid in the complexes can be determined by the chromatographic techniques described above, as well as by amino acid analysis, thin layer chromatography, and standard assays to determine lipid oxidation for lipids.
[00234] The lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex can be one or more of a variety of lipids, including, but not limited to, saturated, unsaturated, natural and synthetic lipids and phospholipids, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Typical salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, calcium, magnesium, and potassium salts.
Ill [00235] Suitable lipids of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complexes include, but are not limited to, (C1-CO) alkyl chain phospholipids, phosphatidylcholine (PC), egg phosphatidylcholine, soybean phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine, distearoylphosphatidylcholine l-myristoyl-2- palmitoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 -palmitoy 1 -2-myristoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 - palmitoyl-2-stearoylphosphatidylcholine, l-stearoyl-2-palmitoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 -palmitoy 1 -2-oleoylphosphatidylcholine, 1 -oleoy 1 -2-palmitylphosphatidylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine, dilauroylphosphatidylglycerol phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylinositol, sphingomyelin, sphingolipids, phosphatidylglycerol, diphosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoylphosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol, distearoylphosphatidylglycerol, dioleoylphosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoylphosphatidic acid, dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid, dimyristoylphosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidylserine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylserine, brain phosphatidylserine, sphingomyelin, brain sphingomyelin, dipalmitoylsphingomyelin, distearoylsphingomyelin, phosphatidic acid, galactocerebroside, gangliosides, cerebrosides, dilaurylphosphatidylcholine, (l,3)-D-mannosyl-(l,3)diglyceride, aminophenylglycoside, 3-cholesteryl-6'-(glycosylthio)hexyl ether glycolipids, and cholesterol and its derivatives.
[00236] In one embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a neutral phospholipid. The neutral phospholipid can be any phospholipid that has a net charge of about zero at physiological pH. In some embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a zwitterion that has a net charge of about zero at physiological pH.
[00237] In another embodiment, the neutral phospholipid is a lecithin (also known as phosphatidylcholine). In some embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 wt % lecithin. In other embodiments, the mixture of neutral phospholipids comprises about 100 wt % lecithin. In some embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 mole % lecithin. In other embodiments, the mixture of neutral phospholipids comprises about 100 mole % lecithin. [00238] In another embodiment, the neutral phospholipid is a sphingomyelin.
In some embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 wt % sphingomyelin. In other embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 100 wt % sphingomyelin. In some embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 5 to about 100 mole % sphingomyelin. In other embodiments, the neutral phospholipid is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises about 100 mole % sphingomyelin.
[00239] In another embodiment, the neutral phospholipid of the ApoA-I
Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises a lecithin and a sphingomyelin. The molar ratio of lecithin to sphingomyelin can vary, but typically ranges from about 20: about 1 to about 1: about 20. In some embodiments, the lecithin: sphingomyelin molar ratio ranges from about 10: about 3 to about 10: about 6. In other embodiments, the lecithin: sphingomyelin molar ratio ranges from about 1: about 20 to about 3: about 10.
[00240] In another embodiment, the neutral phospholipid of the ApoA-I
Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of neutral phospholipids that comprises lechitin, sphingomyelin and one or more additional neutral phospholipids. Typically, the additional neutral phospholipid comprises from about 5 to about 100 wt % of the mixture.
[00241] In another embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a charged phospholipid. Suitable charged phospholipids include, but are not limited to, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol and phosphatidic acid.
[00242] In one embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of at least one neutral phospholipid and at least one charged phospholipid. The total amount of charged phospholipids(s) in the lipid mixture can vary, but typically ranges from about 0.2 to about 10 wt % of the lipid mixture. In some embodiments, the total amount of charged phospholipids(s) in the lipid mixture is about 0.2 to about 2 wt %, about 0.2 to about 3 wt %, about 0.2 to about 4 wt %, about 0.2 to about 5 wt %, about 0.2 to about 6 wt %, about 0.2 to about 7 wt %, about 0.2 to about 8 wt % or about 0.2 to about 9 wt % of the lipid mixture. In some embodiments, the total amount of charged phospholipids(s) in the lipid mixture is about 0.2, about 0.3, about 0.4, about 0.5, about 0.6, about 0.7, about 0.8, about 0.9, about 1.0, about 1.1, about 1.2, about 1.3, about 1.4, about 1.5, about 1.6, about 1.7, about 1.8, about 1.9, about 2.0, about 2.1, about 2.2, about 2.3, about 2.4, about 2.5, about 2.6, about 2.7, about 2.8, about 2.9 or about 3.0, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, or about 10 wt % of the lipid mixture. The total amount of neutral phospholipid(s) in the lipid mixture can also vary, and can depend upon the amount of charged phospholipid(s) and any other lipids included. In one embodiment, the total amount of neutral phospholipids (s) in the lipid mixture is about about 90 to 99.8 wt % of the lipid mixure. In one embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin and a charged phospholipid. In another embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine ("DPPC"), and a charged phospholipid.
[00243] In one embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is sphingomyelin. In another embodiment, the spingomyelin is obtained from milk, egg or brain or made synthetically. In another embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a sphingomyelin analog or derivative. Suitable sphingomyelin analogs or derivatives include, but are not limited to, palmitoylsphingomyelin, stearoylsphingomyelin, D-erythrose-sphingomyelin, and D- erythrose-dihydrosphingomyelin.
[00244] In another embodiment, the sphingomyelin is artificially enriched in one particular saturated or unsaturated acyl chain. For example, milk sphingomyelin (Avanti Phospholipid, Alabaster, Ala.) has long saturated acyl chains. Milk sphingomyelin comprises about 20% of C16:0 (16 carbon, saturated) acyl chain compared with egg sphingomyelin, which comprises 80% of C16:0. Using solvent extraction, milk sphingomyelin can be enriched in one particular acyl chain to obtain a composition having an acyl chain concentration comparable with, e.g., egg sphingomyelin. Acyl chains that may be utilized by the invention include, but are not limited to saturated acyl chains (such as dipalmitoyl, distearoyl, diarachidonyl, and dibenzoyl acyl chains), unsaturated chains (such as diolcoyl chains), mixed chains of saturated and unsaturated acyl chains (such as palmitoyl or oleoyl chains), saturated and/or unsaturated chains of mixed lengths, and ether analogs of saturated and unsaturated acyl chains. [00245] The sphingomyelin may be semi-synthetic such that it has a particular acyl chain. For example, milk sphingomyelin can first be purified from milk, then one particular acyl chain, e.g. , the C16:0 acyl chain, can be cleaved and replaced by another acyl chain (such as palmitic acid or oleic acid).
[00246] Sphingomyelin can also be entirely synthesized, by e.g. , large-scale synthesis. See, e.g. , Dong et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,220,043; Weis, 1999, Chem. Phys. Lipids 102(l-2):3-12.In one embodiment, a predefined saturation level and fatty acid composition is selected for the synthetic sphingomyelin.
[00247] In another embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimc/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin and another lipid. In this embodiment, the sphingomyelin typically comprises from about 25 to about 75 wt % of the mixture.
[00248] In another embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimc/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin and DPPC. In another embodiment, the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin, DPPC, and dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol ("DPPG"). In one embodiment, DPPG is present at about 0 to about 10% mole or weight % of the mixture. In another embodiment, DPPG is present at about 2 to about 4 mole or weight % of the mixture. In another embodiment, sphingomyelin and DPPG are present in the mixture in a weight or molar ratio of about 1: about 1. In another embodiment, the sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG are present in a weight or molar ratio of about 1: about 1: about 0.06, respectively. In another embodiment, the sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG are present in a molar ratio of 1.04: 1: 0.061, respectively. In another embodiment, the sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG are present in a weight ratio of 1: 1: 0.062, respectively. In another embodiment, the mixture is about 48.5 mole or weight % sphingomyelin, about 48.5 mole or weight % DPPC, and about 3 mole or weight % DPPG.
[00249] In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex comprises one or more additional peptides. In one embodiment, the additional peptide is ApoA- I.
[00250] In one embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each
ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 0.5 to about 1: about 5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 1 to about 1: about 5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 2 to about 1: about 5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 2.5. In another embodiment, the weight ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1 : about 3 to 1 : about 5. In another embodiment, the molar ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 2.5 to about 1: about 20. In another embodiment, the molar ratio of total peptide to lipid in each ApoA-I mimic/lipid complex is about 1: about 9.2.
[00251] Where the lipid of the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is a mixture of sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG, the peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG weight ratio is typically about 1: about 1: about 1: about 0.08, respectively. In one embodiment, the peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG weight ratio is 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, respectively. The peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG molar ratio is typically about 1: about 4: about 4: about 0.03, respectively. In one embodiment, the peptide: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG molar ratio is 1: 4.55: 4.36: 0.27, respectively.
[00252] In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex comprises about 40 to about 85 wt % lipid and about 15 to about 60 wt % peptide.
[00253] In another embodiment, each ApoA-I Mimic/lipid complex is about 2 to about 12 nm in diameter.
V. Methods for Treating or Preventing A Condition
[00254] While not being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the helix formed by the ApoA-I Mimics of the invention closely mimics the structural and functional properties of the amphipathic helical regions of native ApoA-I that are important for effecting lipid-binding, cholesterol efflux, and/or LCAT activation, thereby resulting in peptides that exhibit high ApoA-I-like activity. In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics function by forming amphipathic helices (in the presence of lipids), binding lipids, forming pre-β-like or HDL-like complexes, activating LCAT, increasing serum HDL concentration and promoting cholesterol efflux. [00255] In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics activate LCAT. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics do not activate LCAT. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics activate LCAT, but only to a degree that does not result in an acceleration of cholesterol esterification. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics activate LCAT, and thereby accelerate cholesterol esterification, but wherein the acceleration of cholesterol esterification due to LCAT activation, without more, is insufficient to treat or prevent a Condition.
[00256] In one embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating or preventing a Condition, comprising administering an effective amount of an ApoA-I Mimic to a mammal in need thereof.
[00257] Examples of dyslipidemia include any disorder for which increasing serum HDL concentration, activating LCAT, and promoting cholesterol efflux and RCT is beneficial. Such disorders include, but are not limited to, hyperproteinemia (such as hyperchlyomicronemia), high low-density lipoprotein serum concentration, high very low-density lipoprotein serum concentration, hyperlipidemia (such as hypercholesterolemia or hyperglyceridemia (such as hypertriglyceridemia)), low high- density lipoprotein serum concentration, hypocholesterolemia, Abetalipoproteinemia, ApoA-I deficiency and Tangier disease.
[00258] Examples of cardiovascular disease include, but are not limited to, metabolic syndrome, ischemic heart disease, atherosclerosis, restenosis (e.g., preventing or treating atherosclerotic plaques which develop as a consequence of medical procedures such as balloon angioplasty), endotoxemia (which often results in septic shock), congestive heart failure (such as chronic or acute heart failure), circulatory shock, cardiomyopathy, cardiac transplant, myocardial infarction, a cardiac arrhythmia (such as atrial fibrillation), supraventricular tachycardia, atrial flutter, paroxysmal atrial tachycardia, aneurysm, angina, cerebrovascular accident (stroke), peripheral vascular disease, cerebrovascular disease, kidney disease, atherogenesis, therosclerosis, acute pancreatitis, and coronary artery disease.
[00259] Endothelial dysfunction is any imbalance between the vasodilating and vasoconstricting factors and growth-inhibiting and growth-promoting factors produced by the endothelium. Endothelial dysfunction typically impairs the blood vessels' ability to dilate. [00260] Examples of macrovascular disorders include any disorder of a large blood vessel. Such disorders include, but are not limited to, transient ischaemic attack, stroke, angina, myocardial infarction, cardiac failure, and peripheral vascular disease.
[00261] Examples of microvascular disorders include any disorder of a small blood vessel. Such disorders include, but are not limited to, diabetic retinopathy (nonproliferative, proliferative, macular oedema), microalbuminuria, macroalbuminuria, end stage renal disease, erectile dysfunction, autonomic neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy, osteomyelitis and lower limb ischaemia.
[00262] The ApoA-I Mimics can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other drugs that are useful for treating a Condition. Such therapies include, but are not limited to, simultaneous or sequential administration of the drugs involved.
[00263] In one embodiment, methods for treating or preventing a Condition can further comprise administering one or more drugs from one or more of the following classes: ACE (angiotensin converting enzyme) inhibitors, beta blockers, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, diuretics, thrombolytic agents, and blood cholesterol- lowering agents. In another embodiment, the methods of treating or preventing a Condition further comprise administering one or more of: cholestyramine, colestipol, colesevelam, gemfibrozil, ciprofibrate, clofibrate, fenofibrate, bezafibrate, ezetimibe, ramipril, verapamil , nicardipine, diltiazem, carvedilol, nadolol, isosorbide mononitrate, propranolol, isosorbide dinitrate, digoxin, furosemide, metoprolol tartrate, trandolapril, nitroglycerin, amlodipine besylate, oxycodone, clopidogrel, nifedipine, atenolol, lisinopril, aspirin, and lanoxin.
[00264] In yet another embodiment, methods for treating or preventing a
Condition can further comprise administering one or more of the cholesterol lowering drugs known to one of skill in the art; e.g. , bile-acid resins, niacin, and/or statins, such as atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and pitavastatin. Such a regimen may produce particularly beneficial therapeutic effects since each drug acts on a different target in cholesterol synthesis and transport; i.e., bile-acid resins affect cholesterol recycling, the chylomicron and LDL population; niacin primarily affects the VLDL and LDL population; the statins inhibit cholesterol synthesis, decreasing the LDL population (and perhaps increasing LDL receptor expression); whereas the ApoA-I Mimics affect RCT, increase HDL, increase LCAT activity and promote cholesterol efflux.
[00265] In another embodiment, methods for treating or preventing a Condition can further comprise administering a fibrate, such as clinofibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate, fenofibrate, and benzafibrate.
[00266] In yet another embodiment, methods for treating or preventing a
Condition can further comprise administering an anti-microbial agent and/or an antiinflammatory agent, for example, that is useful for treating septic shock induced by endotoxin.
[00267] The ApoA-I Mimics can be administered by any suitable route that ensures bioavailability in the circulation. This may be achieved by parenteral routes of administration, including intravenous (IV), intramuscular (IM), intradermal, subcutaneous (SC) and intraperitoneal (IP) injections. However, other routes of administration can be used. For example, absorption through the gastrointestinal tract may be accomplished by oral routes of administration (including but not limited to ingestion, buccal and sublingual routes) provided appropriate formulations (e.g., enteric coatings) are used to avoid or minimize degradation of the peptides, e.g., in the harsh environments of the oral mucosa, stomach and/or small intestine. Alternatively, administration via mucosal tissue such as vaginal and rectal modes of administration may be utilized to avoid or minimize degradation in the gastrointestinal tract. In yet another alternative, the formulations of the invention may be administered transcutaneously (e.g., transdermally), ocularly, or by inhalation. It will be appreciated that the route of administration chosen may vary with the condition, age and compliance of the recipient.
[00268] The actual dose of the ApoA-I Mimic used can vary with the route of administration, and can be adjusted to achieve circulating plasma concentrations of ApoA-I Mimic of 100 mg/L to 2 g/L. In one embodiment, the dose of ApoA-I Mimic is adjusted to achieve a serum level of free or complexed ApoA-I Mimic for at least 24 hours following administration that is in the range of about 10 mg/dL to 300 mg/dL higher than a baseline (initial) level prior to administration. [00269] The ApoA-I Mimics may be administered in a variety of different treatment regimens. In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimic is administered by injection at a dose between 0.5 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg once a week. In another embodiment, desirable serum levels may be maintained by continuous infusion or by intermittent infusion providing about 0.5 mg/kg/hr to 100 mg/kg/hr of the ApoA-I Mimic. In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimic is administered at a dose of about 20 mg/kg.
[00270] In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mime is administered by intravenous injection once or more per day. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimic is administered by injection once every 3 to 15 days, once every 5 to 10 days, or once every 10 days. In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimic is administered in a series of maintenance injections, where the series of maintenance injections is administered once every 6 months to one year. The series of maintenance injections can be administered, for example, over one day (perfusion to maintain a specified plasma level of complexes), several days (e.g. , four injections over a period of eight days) or several weeks (e.g., four injections over a period of four weeks).
[00271] In yet another embodiment, an escalating dose of ApoA-I Mimic can be administered, starting with about 1 to 5 doses at amount of about 50 mg to about 200 mg per administration, then followed by repeated doses of about 200 mg to about 1 g per administration. Depending on the needs of the patient, administration can be by slow infusion with a duration of more than one hour, by rapid infusion of one hour or less, or by a single bolus injection.
[00272] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the ApoA-I Mimics may be determined using standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell culture or experimental animals for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50 /ED50. In one embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics exhibit large therapeutic indices.
VI. Assay Methods [00273] The ApoA-I Mimics can be assayed for their ability to form α-helices in the presence of lipids, to bind lipids, to form complexes with lipids, to activate LCAT, to promote cholesterol efflux, etc.
[00274] Methods and assays for analyzing the structure and/or function of the
ApoA-I Mimics are well-known in the art. Several methods are provided below. For example, the circular dichroism (CD) and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) assays described in the examples below can be used to analyze the structure of the ApoA-I Mimics, and particularly the degree of helicity in the presence of lipids. The ability to bind lipids can be determined using the fluorescence spectroscopy assay described in the examples below. The ability of the peptides and/or peptide analogues to activate LCAT can be readily determined using the LCAT activation described in the examples below The in vitro and in vivo assays described in the examples below can be used to evaluate the half- life, distribution, cholesterol efflux and effects on RCT.
[00275] Generally, ApoA-I Mimics according to the invention that exhibit the properties listed in Table 10 below are considered to be particularly useful.
Table 10.
Figure imgf000123_0001
R, is the lipid:peptide molar ratio. [00276] The ability of an ApoA-I Mimic to form an α-helix in the presence of lipids can be demonstrated using the CD assay described below. Those peptides which are at least 40% helical (unblocked peptides containing 18 or fewer amino acid residues) or 60% helical (blocked peptides containing 18 or fewer amino acid residues; unblocked peptides containing 22 or more amino acid residues) and that bind to lipids (at a concentration of about 5 μM and a lipid:peptide molar ratio of about 30), particularly those ApoA-I Mimics which contain a fluorescent Trp (W) or NaI residue, can be identified using the fluorescence assay described below. However, for ApoA-I Mimics that do not contain fluorescent residues, binding to lipids is observed when helicity increases in the presence of lipids.
[00277] In one embodiment of the invention, the ApoA-I Mimics, particularly those that exhibit lipid binding in the presence of SUVs (0.5-10 μM peptide; lipid:peptide molar ratio in the range of 1 to 50), are screened for their ability to activate LCAT, as peptides which activate LCAT are particularly useful in the methods described herein. In one embodiment, ApoA-I Mimics exhibit at least about 38% LCAT activation as compared with native human ApoA-I (as determined using the LCAT activation assay described herein). In another embodiment, the ApoA-I Mimics exhibit 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% or even 90% LCAT activation as compared with native human ApoA-I.
VII. Other Uses
[00278] The ApoA-I Mimics are useful in assays in vitro to measure serum
HDL, e.g., for diagnostic purposes. Because the ApoA-I Mimics typically associate with the HDL component of serum, the mimics may be used as "markers" for the HDL population. Accordingly, the present invention also relates to methods for measuring serum HDL concentration, comprising contacting serum HDL with an amount of ApoA-I Mimic that associates with the serum HDL and quantifying the amount of ApoA-I-associated HDL. Moreover, the ApoA-I Mimics may be used as markers for the subpopulation of HDL that is effective in reverse cholesterol transport ("RCT"). To this end, the ApoA-I Mimic may be added to or mixed with a mammalian serum sample comprising HDL; after an appropriate incubation time, the HDL component may be assayed by detecting the incorporated ApoA-I Mimic. This may be accomplished using labeled ApoA-I Mimic (e.g. , radiolabels, fluorescent labels, enzyme labels, dyes, etc.), or by immunoassays using antibodies (or antibody fragments) specific for the ApoA-I Mimic.
[00279] Alternatively, labeled ApoA-I Mimics are useful in imaging procedures (e.g., CAT scans, MRI scans) to visualize the circulatory system, or to monitor RCT, or to visualize accumulation of HDL at fatty streaks, atherosclerotic lesions, etc. (where the HDL should be active in cholesterol efflux).
[00280] The invention further includes the following non-limiting, illustrative examples.
Examples Example 1: Synthesis of ApoA-I Mimics
[00281] The ApoA-I Mimics are prepared by solid phase peptide synthesis
(SPPS) using Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) chemistry. The C-terminal residue is covalently bound to a 4-methylbenzhydrylamine (MBHA) resin. The other amino acid residues are then incorporated by repetitive removal of the Fmoc protecting group and coupling of protected amino acid. After solid phase assembling of the peptide, the peptide is cleaved from the resin with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA). The crude peptide is recovered by precipitation and dried. The identity of the crude peptide is confirmed by MS analysis and amino acid analysis.
Example 2: Purification of ApoA-I Mimics
[00282] Purification of ApoA-I Mimics prepared according to Example 1 is performed by preparative reverse phase HPLC with a C18 stationary phase (grafted silica, 15 μm particle size, 120 A pore size) using a water/acetonitrile gradient (with 0.1% TFA counter ion). The eluting fractions are detected by UV absorbance at 220 nm. Each run processes approximately 15 g of crude peptide, with pure fractions being pooled and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The peptide solution is further purified using the C18 HPLC column used in the first purification step. The peptide solution is then concentrated on a rotary evaporator to remove acetonitrile and freeze- dried.
[00283] Next, the lyophilized peptide powder is re-solubilized in 90% water /
10% acetonitrile and the counter ion is exchanged for acetate through ion exchange chromatography (Dowex resin, 90% water / 10% acetonitrile elution media). The purified peptide with acetate counter ion is filtered through a sterile 0.22 micrometer membrane and freeze dried.
Example 3 : Synthesis of Peptide 16
[00284] Peptide 16 was synthesized on a solid phase support using Fmoc (9- fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) chemistry. The C-terminal isonipecotinyl residue was covalently bound to resin via a Wang type linker. Protecting groups used for the amino acids were: t-Butyl group for GIu and Asp, Boc group for Lys, Pbf group for Arg, Trt group for Asn and GIn.
[00285] The solid phase assembling of the peptide was performed manually in a 601 reactor equipped with a fritted disk, a mechanical stirring and nitrogen bubbling. The resin, p-methyl-benzhydrylamine resin (polystyrene-l%-divinylbenzene), was swelled and washed with dichloromethane (DCM)/dimethylformamide (DMF) (95/5). Incorporation of the C-terminal residue was achieved by coupling of the C-terminal isonipecotic acid esterified on a MPPA linker (Wang type linker). The coupling reaction was carried out with 1.35 eq of Fmoc-Inp-MPPA-linker, 1.35 eq. of N- hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) , benzotriazol- 1 -yl-oxytripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP) and 4.05 eq. of diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) in DMF/DCM (50/50). After coupling, the resin was washed 3 times with DMF.
[00286] The peptide chain was assembled on the resin by repetitive removal of the Fmoc protecting group and coupling of protected amino acid. All amino acids were coupled following the same cycle: First, the Fmoc protecting group was removed in piperidine (35% in DMF) by three repeated cycles. (The Fmoc deprotection reaction took about 16 min.) After the removal of the Fmoc protecting group, the resin was washed with DMF in nine repeated cycles. The Fmoc protected amino acid residues (2eq) were then coupled with 2 equivalents of N,N'- diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC)/HOBt in a mixture of DMF and DCM (50/50). (The coupling step took about one hour to overnight.) The ninhydrin test was used to determine whether the coupling reaction was complete. If the ninhydrin test indicated that the coupling reaction was incomplete, the coupling was repeated with a lower excess (0.5-1 eq) of amino acid, PYBOP, HOBt in DMF/DCM and DIEA. After the coupling step, the resin was washed with DMF in three repeated cycles. [00287] The peptide was then cleaved from the resin and deprotected.
Cleavage from the resin and deprotection were performed by batches in a mixture of TFA/water/anisole (90/5/5 v/v/v) at a concentration of 5ml/g of peptide to resin for 2.5 hours at room temperature. During progressive addition of the resin to the reagent mixture, temperature was regulated to stay below 250C. The peptide was soluble in TFA and was extracted from the resin by filtration through a fritted disc. After concentration on a rotary evaporator, the peptide was precipitated in cold methyl-t- butyl ether (MTBE) (0°C±5°C) and filtered. The crude peptide was washed with MTBE and dried under reduced pressure in an oven at 300C.
[00288] After removal of the last Fmoc protecting group, the peptide was treated with TFA/H2O for cleavage and removal of the side chain protecting groups. Crude peptide was then precipitated from cold ether and collected by filtration.
Example 4: Purification of Peptide 16
[00289] Peptide 16 prepared according to Example 3 was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC (high pressure liquid chromatography) with a C18 stationary phase using a water/acetonitrile gradient (with TFA counter ion). A Prochrom LCl 10 column was packed with a new or dedicated stationary C18 phase (grafted silica, 15 micron particle size, 120 Angstrom pore size). Packing of the column was controlled by a SST for the number of plates and the tailing factor.
[00290] On a Prochrom LCl 10 column, the amount of peptide injected for each run was around 15g of crude peptide dissolved in water/acetonitrile (80/20) at a concentration of approximately 75g/L. The column was run with a gradient of buffer B in buffer A (flow rate approximately 450mL/min and UV detection at 220nm): buffer A= 0.1% TFA in water; buffer B= acetonitrile/0.1% TFA in water (80/20), under the following conditions:
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
[00291] Eluting fractions were analyzed by analytical HPLC and pooled in four categories: Waste, Front Impure, Pure, and Back Impure, according to preset specifications. The in-process HPLC purity specifications for classifying the fractions into pools are:
Figure imgf000128_0002
[00292] To assure a better recovery yield of the product, the impure fractions close to the pure ones (front impure and back impure) were subjected to a recyling run on the same column. The "pure pools" were concentrated on a rotary evaporator to remove acetonitrile.
Example 5 : Counter-ion exchange and drying of Peptide 16
[00293] The pure pools from Example 4 were mixed and stirred for homogenisation. Concentration of pure Peptide 16 was performed using reverse phase HPLC on the preparative column that served for purification. On a Prochrom LCl 10 column, the volume of pure peptide injected for each run was around 2OL at a concentration of approximately 5g/L. The column was run with a steep gradient of buffer B in buffer A (flow rate approximately 450ml/min and UV detection at 220nm): buffer A= 0.1% TFA in water; buffer B= acetonitrile/0.1% TFA in water (80/20).
[00294] The solvent volume for the whole peak was collected, concentrated on a rotary evaporator to remove acetonitrile and freeze dried on a bottle freeze dryer. The resultant freeze-dried pools of purified peptide were mixed in water/acetonitrile (90/10) at a concentration of 80 g/L and stirred to dissolve completely before ion exchange chromatography on Dowex acetate, strongly basic, 50-100 mesh resin. (Dowex acetate was obtained by treating Dowex Cl resin with IN NaOH, then rinsing with purified water, treatment with AcOH/H2O (25/75), and rinsing with purified water.) The sample was eluted with water/acetonitrile (90/10). The solvent volume for thewhole peak was collected, and concentrated on a rotary evaporator if the elution volume was too large. The purified peptide solution was filtered through a sterile filtration capsule (0.22 micrometer), and lyophilized on a shelf freeze dryer.
Example 6: Purity Analysis of Peptide 16
[00295] The purity of Peptide 16 was determined using analytical reverse phase
HPLC analysis. Purity was established by integration of the areas of all peaks (area normalization). The analysis was performed using a Waters Alliance HPLC system with: a module 2695 composed of a dual piston pump, a degasser, an automatic injection system, a Peltier regulated column oven; a UV detector module 2487; and Empower Pro Version 5.00 software. The column used was a Symmetry C18 (5μ) or equivalent, 250 x 4.6mm column. The column temperature was 600C. Injections were eluted on a gradient profile at a flow rate of lmL/min. Eluent A is 0.1% TFA (e.g. Acros 13972) in milli-Q water, while eluent B is 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile HPLC gradient grade (e.g. SDS 00637G). The gradient profile is shown below:
Figure imgf000129_0001
[00296] Peptide 16 was detected by UV absorbance at 210 nm. The run time was 45 min, with a delay of 22 min between injections for column wash out. Peptide 16 was weighed out in an HPLC vial and dissolved in purified water to provide a concentration of approximately 1.2 mg/mL. Peptide solutions were injected at 20μL. Example 7: Characterization of ApoA-I Mimics by LC-MS
[00297] A standard commercially available triple stage quadrupole mass spectrometer (model TSQ 700; Finnigan MAT, San Jose Calif., USA) is used for mass determination. A pneumatically assisted electrospray (ESI) interface is used for sample introduction to the atmospheric pressure ionization source of the mass spectrometer. The interface sprayer is operated at a positive potential of 4.5 kV. The temperature of the steel capillary is held at 200 0C, whereas the manifold is at 70 0C. Positive ions generated by this ion evaporation process enter the analyzer of the mass spectrometer. The multiplier is adjusted to 1000 V. The analyzer compartment of the mass spectrometer is at 4E-6. All acquisitions are performed at resolution <1 μ.
[00298] ApoA-I Mimics are analyzed by direct infusion of the purified ApoA-I
Mimics using an ABI (Applied Biosystems) microbore system consisting of a syringe pump (model 140B), an UV detector (model 785A) and an oven/injector (model 112A). The solvent system consists of water (solvent A) and acetonitrile (solvent B), each containing 0.1% TFA. ApoA-I Mimics are infused using either a gradient or isocratic conditions and are eluted from an Aquapore Cl 8 column. The flow rate is typically 300 μL/min. Concentration of each ApoA-I Mimic is about 0.03 mg/mL, 20 μL of which is injected (e.g., 30 pmol).
[00299] Full scan MS experiments are obtained by scanning quadrupole 1 from m/z 500-1500 in 4 s. Data are acquired using an Alpha DEC station and are processed using the software package provided by Finnigan MAT (BIOWORKS).
Example 8: Characterization of Peptide 16 by LC-MS
[00300] The mass spectral analysis was carried out using a Thermo-Finnigan
LCQ Advantage instrument. The source was Electrospray Ionisation (ESI-MS). Parameters MS: Nitrogen Gas Flow = 30 arbitrary Units, Spray Voltage = 5.2V, Capillary temperature = 2700C, Capillary voltage = 38V, Tube Lens Offset = 55V. A test solution of lOOμg/mL solution of Peptide 16 in methanol/water/formic acid Al /Al /6 v/v/v was analyzed (direct infusion into the MS at a flow rate of 5 μL/min injection with a 500μL syringe). The result obtained after deconvolution was in agreement with the theoretical value. Example 9: Amino Acid Analysis of ApoA-I Mimics
[00301] Amino acid analysis is performed using an ABI (Applied Biosystems)
420 Amino Acid Analyzer. This system consists of three modules: a hydrolysis and derivatisation instrument, a reverse-phase HPLC and a data system. Peptide samples are applied (3 times in triplicate) on porous glass slides and subsequently hydrolyzed under gas phase conditions (155 0C, 90 min.). After removal of the HCl, the resulting amino acids are converted to PTC-AA (Phenylthiocarbamoyl- amino acids) using PITC (Phenylisothiocyanate). After transfer to the HPC sample loop the resulting mixtures are fractionated on an Aquapore C 18 column using the gradient mode (Solvent A: 50 mmol ammonium acetate (NH4Ac), pH 5.4, in water; Solvent B: 32 mmol of sodium acetate (NaOAc) in aqueous acetonitrile) under conditions of temperature control. The HPLC data are processed by the software package provided by Applied Biosystems. Quantification is performed relative to a peptide standard delivered by Applied Biosystems.
Example 10: Amino Acid Analysis of Peptide 16
[00302] Peptide 16 (about 700 μg) was hydrolyzed by 100 μL 6N HCl (e.g.
Pierce 24308) at 1100C for 20 hours into the constitutive amino acids which, after derivatization, were separated and quantified against a standard mixture of amino acids (amino acid Standard H e.g. Pierce 20088). The amino acids were derivatized using o-phtalaldehyde (OPA-reagent e.g. Fluka 5061-3335) and 9- fluorenylmethylchloroformate (Fmoc-reagent e.g. Fluka 5061-3337), then injected on a C- 18 HPLC-column. An Agilent 1100 HPLC with UV detector and Chemstation Software was used for the analysis. The column used was a Hypersil ODS column 200 x 2.1 mm, 5 μm. The gradient used was 0-60% B in 17 min up to 100%B for 7 min at a flow rate of 0.45 mL/min. Buffer A = 2.3g sodium acetate in 100OmL H2O + 180μL triethylamine, pH adjusted to 7.2 with 2% acetic acid solution + 3.3 ml tetrahydrofuran. Buffer B = 2.3g sodium acetate in 200ml H2O, pH adjusted to 7.2 with 2% acetic acid solution + 400 mL acetonitrile + 40OmL methanol. Amino acid measurements were performed in triplicate, with amino acids detected by UV absorbance at 368 and 262 nm. Pierce standard solution was injected both before and after the triplicate injection of the peptide sample. Example 11: Preparation of Peptide/Lipid Complexes by Co-Lyophilization
[00303] 50 mg of an ApoA-I Mimic is dissolved in 1 mL of glacial acetic acid in a 1 mL clear glass vial with cap. Dissolution of the peptide is aided by occasional vortexing over a period of 10 minutes at room temperature. 50 mg of dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPPC; Avanti Polar Lipids, 99% Purity, product #850355) and 50 mg of egg sphingomyelin (NOF) are dissolved in 1 mL of glacial acetic acid. DPPG is dissolved in 90% glacial acetic acid 10% water mixture (v/v) at a concentration of 10 mg/mL. DPPG dissolution is aided by incubation at 37°C. ApoA-I Mimic, sphingomyelin, DPPC and DPPG solutions are mixed to obtain weight ratio of ApoA-I Mimic: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.35: 1.35: 0.30, respectively. The resulting solution is frozen at -200C and lyophilized for over 12h.
[00304] The lyophilized powder is hydrated in bicarbonate saline buffer (20 mM sodium bicarbonate, 130 mM NaCl, pH 8.2) to obtain 10 mg/mL final concentration of ApoA-I Mimic. The mixture is agitated to facilitate rehydration. Following hydration the pH is adjusted with IN NaOH solution to pH 7.4. To aid complex formation hydrated powder is incubated in a water bath at 500C for 15 minutes following by keeping it at room temperature for 15 min. The heating and cooling is repeated until clear to translucent solution of ApoA-I Mimic/phospholipid complexes in buffer is obtained.
Example 12: Preparation of a Peptide 16/lipid complex by homogenization
[00305] A sodium phosphate buffer (12mM, pH 8.2) was prepared and heated to 500C.
[00306] A DPPG dispersion was prepared by dispersing DPPG in buffer at a concentration of 45 mg/mL. A peptide solution was prepared by dissolving Peptide 16 in buffer at a concentration of 30 mg/ml. The pH of the peptide solution was adjusted to about 8.2 by addition of NaOH. The peptide solution was then combined with the DPPG dispersion and incubated at 500C until a clear solution was observed, forming a peptide/DPPG solution. [00307] A sphingomyelin/DPPC dispersion was prepared by dispersing sphingomyelin and DPPC in buffer at a concentration of 38.3 mg/mL of each of sphingomyelin and DPPC. The sphingomyelin/DPPC dispersion was then mixed using high shear mixing.
[00308] The peptide/DPPG solution and the sphingomyelin/DPPC solution were combined and homogenized using a high pressure homogenizer (Avestin C3) until the solution became translucent and complexes formed. Following homogenization, an isotonicity agent was added (130 mM NaCl). The solution was then sterile filtered and filled into glass vials. The final concentration of Peptide 16 in the solution was 15 mg/mL.
Example 13: Analysis of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex a. Size distribution of the complex
[00309] The identity of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex prepared according to
Example 12 was verified and the size distribution of the complexes was determined using Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC). A Tosoh TSK-GEL G3000SWXL (7.8 mm ID, 30 cm length) was used for the separation. Injections were eluted using a 6mM phosphate buffer containing 15OmM NaCl (pH 7.4) and an isocratic flow rate of 1 ml/min. Samples were prepared by 2Ox dilution with mobile phase and an injection volume of 100 μL was used. Column performance was checked before each run by injection of four molecular weight standards. The complex was detected by UV at 220 nm wavelength. Identity of the complex was confirmed by comparison of the retention time of the complex to the reference standard. Size distribution of the complex was reported as the percentage of total peak area in the chromatogram. A representative GPC chromatogram for the Peptide 16/ lipid complex prepared according to Example 12 is shown in Figure 5. b. Identity, Purity, and Content of Peptide 16 of the complex
[00310] The identity, purity and content of Peptide 16 of the complex was determined using Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography ("UPLC") with UV detection at 215 nm wavelength. An Acquity BEH C18 100 mm column with I.D. of 2.1 mm and particle size of 1.7 μm was used for this separation. Injections were eluted using a binary gradient mobile phase of 0.1% (v/v) TFA in methanol/acetonitrile/water at 52.5/22.5/22 (v/v/v) ratio and 0.1% (v/v) TFA in methanol/acetonitrile/water at 56/24/20 (v/v/v) ratio. Samples were prepared by 2Ox dilution and injected using a 7.5 μL injection volume. The combination of mobile- phase organic solvents dissolved the complexes and separated Peptide 16 from the lipids of the complex. The identity of Peptide 16 was confirmed by comparison of its retention time to the reference standard. Purity of Peptide 16 was reported as the percentage of total peak area in the chromatogram. Content of Peptide 16 was calculated using a calibration curve constructed from diluted solutions of Peptide 16 reference standard. c. Determination of lipid content in the complex
[00311] The lipid content of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex prepared according to Example 12 was determined using an enzymatic assay utilizing the DAOS method. The assay kit was manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd (Phospholipids C kit). Samples were diluted 75x using phosphate buffer. The enzymes in the assay kit hydrolyzed sphingomyelin and DPPC to release choline, which then reacted with several other enzymes to activate a blue pigment. The blue pigment was detected spectraphotometrically. Samples were quantified from a calibration curve made from dilutions of sodium cholate and the blue pigment. The hydrolyzed sphingomyelin and DPPC both contained choline and are thus quantified by this method.
Example 14: Superose 6 Gel Filtration Chromatography of Human HDL
[00312] Human HDL2 is prepared as follows: 300 mL frozen human plasma
(Mannheim Blutspendzentrale #1185190) is thawed, adjusted to density 1.25 using solid potassium bromide, and centrifuged for 45 hours at 40,000 PRM using a Ti45 rotor (Beckman) at 200C. The resultant floating layer is collected, dialyzed against distilled water, adjusted to density 1.07 with solid potassium bromide, and centrifuged as described above for 70 hours. The bottom layer (at a level of 1 cm above the tube bottom) is collected, 0.01% sodium azide is added, and the layer is stored at 4°C for 4 days. 20 μL of the HDL2 is loaded onto a Pharmacia Superose 6 FPLC gel filtration chromatography system using 0.9% NaCl as column eluate. The column flow rate is 0.5 mL/min. The column eluate is monitored by absorbance or scattering of light of wavelength 254 nm. A series of proteins of known molecular weight and Stokes' diameter are used as standards to calibrate the column for the calculation of Stokes' diameters of the particles (Pharmacia Gel Filtration Calibration Kit Instruction Manual, Pharmacia Laboratory Separation, Piscataway, NJ. , revised April 1985).
Example 15: Determination of Peptide 16 in Rat and Monkey Plasma using Protein Precipitation with Liquid Chromatography and Tandem Mass Spectrometric Detection (LC-MS/MS)
[00313] Concentrations of Peptide 16 were determined in rat or monkey plasma over the concentration range 1 to 500 μg/mL range using blank matrix. Isotopically labeled Peptide 16 was used as an internal standard solution and added to thawed plasma samples. The samples were then subjected to protein precipitation using water: acetonitrile: TFA (70: 20: 10 v/v/v), followed by mixing and centrifugation. The supernatant was transferred to a clean 96 well plate and water:acetonitrile:TFA (70:30:0.1 v/v/v) was added to each well followed by mixing and centrifugation before LC-MS/MS analysis. The LC conditions were: Acquity UPLC and Turbo IonSpray (positive ion) (MS/MS), using a BEH Shield RP 18 column running a gradient of water: acetonitrile: TFA 0.1%.
[00314] Concentrations of Peptide 16 in calibration standards and QC samples were determined using least squares linear regression with the reciprocal of the concentration (1/x) as weighting.
Example 16: Measurement of pharmacokinetics of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex in rats
[00315] Pharmacokinetics of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) were evaluated in Windstar rats.
[00316] Nine animals per sex per group were included for the evaluation of pharmacokinetics. Animals in the vehicle control group received 130 mM sodium chloride in 12 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.2, intravenously at 20 mL/Kg. Animals in the Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment groups received 15, 30 or 60 mg/kg administered every other day by intravenous infusion. Approximately 0.5 mL of blood was drawn from the retro-orbital sinus under isoflorane anesthesia and collected in tubes containing Na3EDTA as an anticoagulant from cohorts of 3 animals per group at baseline and 0.0833, 0.5, 1, 2, 6, 12, 24 and 48 hours post-dose on Day 0 and Day 26. Thus, each cohort of animals had blood drawn at three different timepoints. Plasma was separated following centrifugation and stored frozen at - 20 0C until analysis. Peptide levels were analyzed by LC-MS/MS as described in Example 8. Pharmacokinetics parameters were determined from individual plasma concentrations by non-compartmental analysis using Kinetica 4.4.1. The plasma levels of Peptide 16 increased rapidly post-dose, then were quantifiable up to 6 hr following the end of infusion in animals that were administered the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 and 30 mg/kg doses. Detectable levels of Peptide 16 were observed up to 12 hrs in animals treated with 60 mg/kg in both sexes. As expected for an intravenously administereddrug, the Tmax was immediate post dose. The estimated half-life of circulating levels of Peptide 16 was between 0.5 and 5 hours in rats of both sexes, and it appeared to increase in a dose-dependent manner. The clearance and volume of distribution decreased with increasing dose. Based on the volume of distribution it could be inferred that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex was generally distributed in plasma.
Example 17: Measurement of pharmacokinetics of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex in monkeys
[00317] Pharmacokinetics of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) were evaluated in Cygomolus monkeys.
[00318] Animals in the vehicle control group received 130 mM sodium chloride in 12 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.2, intravenously at 10 mL/Kg. Animals in the Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment groups received 15, 30 or 60 mg/kg administered every other day by intravenous infusion. Blood was collected into tubes containing Na3EDTA as an anticoagulant, at baseline, at the end of infusion, and then at 1, 2, 6, 12, 24 and 48 hours post-dose. At each time point, approximately 1 mL of blood was drawn from the femoral vessel, while the animal was held restrained without any anesthesia. Plasma was separated following centrifugation and stored frozen at - 20 0C until analysis. Peptide 16 levels were analyzed by LC-MS/MS as described in Example 8. Pharmacokinetics parameters were determined from individual plasma concentrations by non-compartmental analysis using Kinetica 4.4.1. Peptide 16 was detected in plasma for up to 12 hr following the end of infusion in animals administered with the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 mg/kg in both sexes. Detectable levels of Peptide 16 were observed up to 24 hrs in animals treated with 30 and 60 mg/kg. The phospholipid levels also increased post dose, then returned to baseline levels over a similar timeframe to that of Peptide 16. As expected for an intravenously administereddrug, the Tmax was immediate post dose. The estimated half- life of circulating levels of Peptide 16 was between 2 and 7 hours in monkeys of both sexes, and it appeared to increase in a dose-dependent manner. The clearance and volume of distribution decreased with increasing dose. Based on the volume of distribution it could be inferred that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex was distributed primarily in the plasma compartment.
Example 18: Cholesterol Mobilization in Rabbits a. Preparation of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex
[00319] Peptide 16 was synthesized by F-moc synthesis according to Example
3 and purified by a reverse phase chromatography according to Example 4.
[00320] Peptide 16 was then complexed with a mixture of sphingomyelin,
DPPG, and DPPC by co-lyophilization of solutions of Peptide 16, sphingomyelin, DPPG, and DPPC in a glacial acetic acid: water mixture. The resultant lyophilized powder was reconstituted with buffer (sodium phosphate buffer, 12mM, pH 8.2) to form a suspension of Peptide 16/ lipid complex having a weight ratio of Peptide 16: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.35: 1.35: 0.30. b. Administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex to rabbits
[00321] New Zealand male rabbits weighing between 3 to 4 kg were used to demonstrate cholesterol mobilization by the Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
[00322] The animal room conditions were as follows: temperature, 22±2°C; relative humidity, 55+15%; and a 12 hour light/12 hour dark cycle. [00323] Animals were acclimatized for at least 7 days before the beginning of the study. The animals received ad libitum a controlled pellet diet on a daily basis. Water was available ad libitum throughout the study.
[00324] Before administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex, the animals were fasted overnight. The animals were weighed just before administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex. The Peptide 16/ lipid complex was administered intravenously at a dosage rate of 20 mg/kg. The volume administered was based on weight. Feeding was resumed approximately 6 hours after the administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex. c. Analysis of blood samples
[00325] Prior to the collection of blood samples, the animals were fasted overnight. Blood was collected at baseline, then 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 30 hr and 34 hr after initiating the infusion. Blood samples were withdrawn from the jugular vein or from the marginal vein of the ear. Blood was withdrawn from the jugular vein using a syringe mounted with a needle with EDTA (approximately 1 mL of blood per sampling time). Immediately after collection, blood samples were kept at approximately 4°C to avoid alteration of the blood sample. Blood specimens were centrifuged (3500 g for 10 minutes at approximately 5°C). Plasma specimens were separated and aliquoted (3 aliquots of at least 200 μL (aliquots A, B, C)) and stored at approximately -800C. The remaining blood clot was discarded.
[00326] Serum phospholipid (Phospholipid B, Kit # 990-54009, Wako
Chemicals GmbH, Neuss, Germany), triglycerides (Triglycerides, Kit # 1488872, Boehringer Mannheim Corporation, Indianapolis, Ind.), total cholesterol and unesterified cholesterol were determined using commercially available kits for a Hitachi 912 Automatic Analyzer (Roche Diagnostics Corporation, Indianapolis, Ind.).
[00327] Lipoprotein profiles were analyzed using gel filtration chromatography on a Superose 6HR 1x30 cm column equipped with on-line detection for total or free cholesterol as described by Kieft et al. (J Lipid Res 1991; 32:859-866, 1991). The area under the peaks corresponding to lipoproteins with the sizes of VLDL, LDL and HDL were integrated. The fraction of the free or total cholesterol of each peak was multiplied by the total plasma cholesterol or free cholesterol determined by an automatic analyzer to determine VLDL, LDL and HDL free and total cholesterol. Esterified cholesterol in serum and in the lipoprotein fractions VLDL, LDL and HDL was calculated by subtracting free cholesterol from total cholesterol values.
[00328] The increase in HDL fraction of total cholesterol following infusion of complexes was plotted as a function of time and is illustrated in Figure 6. The rabbits' total HDL cholesterol increased upon administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex, indicating tissue cholesterol mobilization and transfer to HDL.
Example 19: Cholesterol Mobilization in Rabbits a. Preparation of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex
[00329] The Peptide 16/ lipid complex was prepared according to Example 12.
The Peptide 16/ lipid complex had a weight ratio of Peptide 16: sphingomyelin: DPPC: DPPG of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075 and a weight ratio of peptide: lipid of 1:
2.5. b. Administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex to rabbits
[00330] New Zealand male rabbits weighing between 3 to 4 kg were used to show an increase in HDL levels in rabbits by the Peptide 16/ lipid complex.
[00331] The animal room conditions were as follows: temperature, 22±2°C; relative humidity, 55+15%; and a 12 hour light/12 hour dark cycle.
[00332] Animals were acclimatized for at least 7 days before the beginning of the study. The animals received ad libitum a controlled pellet diet on a daily basis. Water was available ad libitum throughout the study.
[00333] Before administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex, the animals were fasted overnight. The animals were weighed just before administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex. To investigate the minimal dose at which cholesterol mobilization could be detected, the animals were dosed with 2.5, 5 and 10 mg/kg of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex or a phosphate buffered saline control. Four animals were studied per dose group. Feeding was resumed approximately 6 hours after the administration of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex or phosphate buffered saline control. c. Analysis of blood samples [00334] Prior to the collection of blood samples, the animals were fasted overnight. Blood was collected at baseline, then 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 30 hr and 34 hr after initiating the infusion. Blood samples were withdrawn from the jugular vein or from the marginal vein of the ear. Blood was withdrawn from the jugular vein using a syringe mounted with a needle with EDTA (approximately 1 mL of blood per sampling time). Immediately after collection, blood samples were kept at approximately 4°C to avoid alteration of the blood sample. Blood specimens were centrifuged (3500 g for 10 minutes at approximately 5°C). Plasma specimens were separated and aliquoted (3 aliquots of at least 200 μL (aliquots A, B, C)) and stored at approximately -800C. The remaining blood clot was discarded.
[00335] Serum phospholipid (Phospholipid B, Kit # 990-54009, Wako
Chemicals GmbH, Neuss, Germany), triglycerides (Triglycerides, Kit # 1488872, Boehringer Mannheim Corporation, Indianapolis, Ind.), total cholesterol and unesterified cholesterol were determined with commercially available kits for a Hitachi 912 Automatic Analyzer (Roche Diagnostics Corporation, Indianapolis, Ind.).
[00336] Lipoprotein profiles were analyzed using gel filtration chromatography on a Superose 6HR 1x30 cm column equipped with on-line detection for total or free cholesterol as described by Kieft et al. (J Lipid Res 1991; 32:859-866, 1991). The area under the peaks corresponding to lipoproteins with the sizes of VLDL, LDL and HDL were integrated. The fraction of the free or total cholesterol of each peak was multiplied by the total plasma cholesterol or free cholesterol determined by an automatic analyzer to determine VLDL, LDL and HDL free and total cholesterol. Esterified cholesterol in serum and in the lipoprotein fractions VLDL, LDL and HDL was calculated by subtracting free cholesterol from total cholesterol values.
[00337] The increase in HDL fraction of free cholesterol following infusion of complexes was plotted as a function of time and is illustrated in Figure 7. A clear increase in HDL free cholesterol over baseline was apparent at a dose of 2.5 mg/kg, indicating high potency of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex. At five and 20 minutes after starting the infusion, the cholesterol was increased 30% above baseline. These increases were statistically significant (p < 0.05 by a paired two tailed student T test). In contrast, there was no change from baseline in the placebo treatment group. [00338] The pharmacological effect of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at a 2.5 mg/kg dose was further evident by comparing the original scans of the lipoprotein fractions eluting from the HPLC size exclusion column, which are illustrated in Figure 8. There is a clear increase relative baseline in the HDL free cholesterol fraction of the HPLC chromatograms following injection.
Example 20: Dose Response of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex
[00339] Dose response of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) was evaluated in New Zealand white rabbits.
[00340] In a fasted New Zealand White rabbit cholesterol mobilization model, the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at concentrations of 5, 10, or 15 mg/mL (based upon the peptide concentration) or a phosphate buffered saline vehicle control were administered, intravenously, at a rate of 1 mL/min to fasted animals at an infusion volume of 2 mL/kg. There were three animals per dose group. The final doses were 0, 10, 20 or 30 mg/kg. Blood was collected at baseline, then 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 30 hr and 34 hr after initiating the infusion. Plasma lipid and lipoprotein levels were then determined. Lipoprotein levels were determined by HPLC size exclusion fractionation with inline free and total cholesterol detection according to a method described by Usui, S., Hara, Y., Hosaki, S., and Okazaki, M., A new on-line dual enzymatic method for simultaneous quantification of cholesterol and triglycerides in lipoproteins by HPLC. /. Lipid Res. 43, 805-814 (2002) The area under the main peaks corresponding to lipoproteins with the sizes of VLDL, LDL and HDL were integrated. The fraction of the free or total cholesterol in each peak was multiplied by the total plasma cholesterol or free cholesterol to determine the level of cholesterol in each fraction. Cholesterol ester levels in each fraction were determined by subtracting the free cholesterol from the total cholesterol in each fraction. In this model, increases in plasma or HDL cholesterol levels are indicative of tissue cholesterol mobilization and transfer to HDL.
[00341] Figure 9 shows the dose dependent increase plasma phospholipids following infusion of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex into rabbits. This increase reflects the circulating levels of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex, since phopholipid is a component of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex. Peptide 16 levels peaked within the first 30 minutes then decreased towards baseline levels. A dose dependent increase in cholesterol mobilization was also observed. This was evident by the increase in both the total plasma cholesterol (Figure 10A) and total HDL cholesterol levels (Figure 1 IA). The majority of the cholesterol increase was in the form of free cholesterol (Figures 10 and 11).
[00342] An increase in total and free cholesterol in the LDL fraction (Figure
11C and 1 ID) was observed at the two highest doses. The increase in free cholesterol was about equal to that of the total cholesterol, indicating little increase in cholesterol ester in this fraction. An increase in free cholesterol in the LDL fraction, in the absence of an increase in cholesterol ester, indicates this increase does not represent an increase in typical cholesterol ester rich LDL. The complexes appearing in this lipoprotein fraction are likely a product of the infused Peptide 16/ lipid complex that has gained cholesterol through the cholesterol mobilization process. Observed increases in VLDL cholesterol were distributed between the esterified and unesterified cholesterol fractions. Triglyceride levels increased transiently over the first four to six hours at all Peptide 16/ lipid complex doses (Figure 12). There was no obvious relationship between the dose and triglyceride increase.
Example 21: Minimal Effective Dose of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex
[00343] The minimal effective dose of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) was evaluated in New Zealand white rabbits.
[00344] The minimal dose at which cholesterol mobilization could be detected was investigated. Animals were dosed with 0, 2.5, 5 and 10 mg/kg of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex. Four animals were studied per dose group. A pharmacological effect was most evident by the increase in free cholesterol in the HDL fraction compared to baseline levels (Figure 13). This was expected because the majority of the initial cholesterol increase after infusion of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex is free cholesterol in the HDL fraction. In addition, free cholesterol represents about one third of the total HDL cholesterol, making the increase in this fraction easier to detect. A clear increase in HDL free cholesterol over baseline was apparent at a 2.5 mg/kg dose. At five and 20 minutes after starting the infusion, the cholesterol was increased 30% above baseline. These increases were statistically significant (p < 0.05 by a paired two tailed student T-test). In contrast, there was no change from baseline in the control group.
[00345] The pharmacological effect of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at a 2.5 mg/kg or 5 mg/kg dose was further evident by comparing the original scans of the lipoprotein fractions eluting from the HPLC size exclusion column. As can be seen in these two examples, in Figure 14, there is a clear increase in free cholesterol relative baseline in the HDL fraction of the HPLC chromatograms. This is shown by the increase in the area under the HDL peak for the sample collected at 20 minutes after initiating the infusion of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex (light line in Figure 14) compared to the area under the HDL peak at baseline (dark line in Figure 14).
Example 22: Effect of Infusion Rate on Efficacy of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex
[00346] The effect of infusion rate on efficacy of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex
(the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) was evaluated in New Zealand white rabbits.
[00347] The effect of the rate of infusion of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex on cholesterol mobilization was investigated. Peptide 16/ lipid complex at a concentration of 10 mg/mL (based upon peptide concentration) or a phosphate buffered saline vehicle control was infused at a dose volume of 2 mL/kg at a rate of either 1 mIVmin or 0.2 mL/min. The final dose of Peptide 16/ lipid complex was 20 mg/kg. Four animals were studied in the Peptide 16/ lipid complex groups and two animals in the vehicle control groups. The rabbits ranged in size from 2.2-2.8 kg.
[00348] The rate of increase in plasma phospholipid resulting from the infusion of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex and rate of increase in plasma cholesterol resulting from the subsequent cholesterol mobilization was slower in the animals in which the Peptide 16/ lipid complex was infused at a slower rate. However, the peak phospholipid and cholesterol mobilization levels were similar. Figure 15 shows that the increase in HDL free cholesterol following infusion of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at rate of 1 mL/min or 0.2 mL/min was similar. Thus in this model, Peptide 16/ lipid complex infusion rate, over the rates tested, had little or no effect on cholesterol mobilization.
Example 23: Pharmacokinetic Studies on a Peptide 16/ lipid complex in Rats and Monkeys
[00349] The pharmaockinetics of a Peptide 16/ lipid complex (the lipids being sphingomyelin, DPPC, and DPPG in a weight ratio of 1: 1.2125: 1.2125: 0.075, and the peptide: lipid weight ratio being 1: 2.5) was evaluated in rats and monkeys. a. Assay Methodology
[00350] The concentrations of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex in rat and monkey plasma were determined using a liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) technique. Peptide 16, a component of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex, was extracted from plasma containing EDTA following precipitation of the protein fraction by acetonitrile. The method measures the extracted Peptide 16 and an internal standard of an isotopically labeled-Peptide 16. The extracts were reconstituted and the peptide assayed by ultra performance liquid chromatography combined with tandem mass spectrometers (MS/MS). The calibration range of the method is 1 - 500 μg/mL with a sample volume of 25 μL. The peptide extraction and LC-MS/MS methods were validated in accordance with general recommendations for bioanalytical method validation and in compliance with GLP (Good Laboratory Practice). The validation data showed that the methods were sensitive, specific, accurate and precise enough for the determination of Peptide 16/ lipid complex in rat and monkey plasma. b. Pharmacokinetic Studies in Rats
[00351] 9 rats per sex per group were included for the evaluation of toxicokinetics of the Peptide 16/ Lipid complex following dose administration on Day 0 (First dose) and Day 26. Animals in the vehicle control group received 130 mM sodium chloride in 12 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.2, intravenously at 20 mlVKg. Animals in Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment groups received 15, 30 or 60 mg/kg given every second day by intravenous infusion. Approximately 0.5 mL of blood was drawn from the retro-orbital sinus under isoflorane anesthesia and collected in tubes containing Na3EDTA as an anticoagulant from cohorts of 3 animals per group at baseline and 0.0833, 0.5, 1, 2, 6, 12, 24 and 48 hours post-dose on Day 0 and Day 26. Thus, each cohort of animals had blood drawn at three different timepoints. Plasma was separated following centrifugation and stored frozen at - 20 0C until analyzed at Covance (UK). Peptide levels were analyzed by LC-MS/MS. Toxicokinetic parameters were determined from individual plasma concentrations by non- compartmental analysis using Kinetica 4.4.1.
[00352] As shown in the Figures 16 and 17, the plasma levels of Peptide 16 increased rapidly post-dose, then were quantifiable up to 6 hr following the end of infusion in animals given the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 and 30 mg/kg doses. Detectable levels of peptide were observed up to 12 hrs in animals treated with 60 mg/kg in both sexes. . The phospholipid levels increased post dose, then returned to baseline levels over a similar timeframe to that of the peptide. Free cholesterol (unesterified) increased post infusion in a dose dependent manner indicative of cholesterol mobilization. This was followed by a decrease in cholesterol indicating that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex particles efficiently remove cholesterol from circulation. Similar patterns were observed on Day 0 and Day 26.
[00353] The mean toxicokinetic parameters for the Peptide 16/ lipid complex on Day 0 (first dose) and Day 26 (last dose) are presented in Table 11 below:
Table 11: Peptide 16/ lipid Complex Toxicokinetic Parameters in Ratf
Day Dose Sex ^max T AUCo-12 Tl/2 CL Vd (mg/Kg) (μg/mL) (h) (μg.h/mL) (h) (mL/Kg/h) (mL/Kg)
Day O 15 Male 341 0.0833 851 1.36 18.0 35.4 Day O 30 Male 663 0.0833 2291 1.28 13.1 24.1 Day O 60 Male 1390 0.0833 7497 2.16 7.90 24.7
Day O 15 Female 287 0.0833 671 0.835 22.5 27.1 Day O 30 Female 688 0.0833 2106 1.35 14.6 28.3 Day O 60 Female 1427 0.0833 6689 1.72 8.93 22.1
Day 26 15 Male 422 0.0833 1176 1.71 13.0 32.1 Day 26 30 Male 858 0.0833 3188 1.62 9.37 21.9 Day 26 60 Male 1870 1.00 9889 2.56 5.86 21.6
Day 26 15 Female 386 0.0833 841 1.01 18.1 26.3 Day 26 30 Female 815 0.0833 2490 1.41 12.3 25.1 Day 26 60 Female 1537 0.0833 7804 1.79 7.64 19.7 f Parameters calculated from Peptide 16 levels in plasma over time. [00354] The Tmax was immediate post dose. The estimated half-life of circulating levels of Peptide 16 was between 0.835 and 2.56 hours in rats of both sexes, and it appeared to increase in a dose dependent manner. The clearance and volume of distribution decreased with increasing dose. Based on the volume of distribution it could be inferred that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex was generally distributed in plasma compartment (reference plasma volume in rat = 30 mL/Kg). See Davies, B and Morris, T. Physiological parameters in laboratory animals and human, Pharmaceutical Research, 10, 1093-1095, 1993.
[00355] The increase in AUC(0-i2h) and Cmax with the increase in dose (based on the 15 mg/kg dose) is presented in Table 12. The Cmax values were dose proportional in both sexes where as AUQo-i2h) values increased more than a dose proportionally, suggesting longer residence times of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex in the circulation with increasing dose.
Table 12: Increase in AUC and Cmax with Increase in Dose of Peptide 16/ Lipid
Complex
Dose
15 mg/kg 30 mg/kg 60 mg/kg
Males Females Males Females Males Females Day O
Dose Increment 1 1 2 2 4 4
Increase in AUC(O- - - 2.69 3.14 8.81 9.96
12h)
Increase in Cmax - - 1.94 2.4 4.07 4.98
Day 26
Dose Increment 2 2 4 4 Increase in AUQo- 2.71 2.96 8.4 9.28
12h)
Increase in Cmax 2.03 2.11 4.43 3.98
[00356] There were no major sex-related differences in pharmacokinetic profiles, AUCs or Cmax values following single dose and multiple dose administration. Based on Cmax and AUCs no accumulation of Peptide 16 or Peptide 16/ lipid complex was observed during the 4-week administration period. c. Pharmacokinetic Studies in Monkeys
[00357] The toxicokinetics of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex were evaluated following dose administration in monkeys on Day 0 (First dose) and Day 26. Animals in the vehicle control group received 130 mM sodium chloride in 12 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.2, intravenously at 10 mL/Kg. Animals in the Peptide 16/ lipid complex treatment groups received 15, 30 or 60 mg/kg given every second day by intravenous infusion. Blood was collected into tubes containing Na3EDTA as an anticoagulant, at baseline, at the end of infusion, and then at 1, 2, 6, 12, 24 and 48 hours post-dose on Day 0 and Day 26. At each time point, approximately 1 mL of blood was drawn from the femoral vessel, while the animal was held restrained without any anesthesia. Plasma was separated following centrifugation and stored frozen at - 20 0C until analyzed at Covance (UK). Peptide levels were analyzed by LC-MS/MS. Toxicokinetic parameters were determined from individual plasma concentrations by non-compartmental analysis using Kinetica 4.4.1.
[00358] As shown in the Figures 18 and 19, Peptide 16 could be detected in plasma for up to 12 hr following the end of infusion in animals given the Peptide 16/ lipid complex at 15 mg/kg in both sexes. Detectable levels of peptide were observed up to 24 hrs in animals treated with 30 and 60 mg/kg. The phospholipid levels also increased post dose, then returned to baseline levels over a similar timeframe to that of the peptide. Free cholesterol (unesterified) increased post infusion in a dose dependent manner indicative of cholesterol mobilization. This was followed by a decrease in cholesterol indicating that the Peptide 16/ lipid complex particles efficiently remove cholesterol from circulation. Similar patterns were observed on Day 0 and Day 26.
[00359] The mean toxicokinetic parameters for the Peptide 16/ lipid complex on Day 0 (first dose) and Day 26 (last dose) are presented in Table 13 below:
Table 13: Peptide 16/ Lipid Complex Toxicokinetic Parameters in Monkeys
Day Dose Sex Cmax T1113x AUC0-2411 T1/2 CL Vd
(mg/Kg) (μg/mL) (h) (μg.h/mL) (h) (mL/Kg/h) (mL/Kg)
Day O 15 Male 341 0.0167 1346 2.42 11.50 39.6
Day O 30 Male 735 0 4337 2.96 6.90 29.3 Day O 60 Male 1540 13787 4.58 4.27 28.1
Day O 15 Female 365 0 1383 2.37 11.4 38.3
Day O 30 Female 736 0 4337 3.04 6.81 29.4
Day O 60 Female 1508 0 13168 3.24 4.54 21.1
Day 26 15 Male 443 0 1539 2.66 10.00 38.8
Day 26 30 Male 824 0 3890 2.19 8.58 26.3
Day 26 60 Male 1674 0 12182 2.82 5.07 20.8
Day 26 15 Female 408 0 1437 2.11 10.90 32.8
Day 26 30 Female 690 0 3416 2.50 8.85 32.0
Day 26 60 Female 1608 0 13596 3.63 4.51 22.9 τ Parameters calculated from Peptide 16 levels in plasma over time T=O is at the end of infusion
[00360] The Tmax was immediate post dose. The estimated half- life of circulating levels of Peptide 16 was between 2.11 and 4.58 hours in monkeys of both sexes, and it appeared to increase in a dose dependent manner. The clearance and volume of distribution decreased with increasing dose. Based on the volume of distribution it could be inferred that Peptide 16/ lipid complex is distributed primarily in the plasma compartment (plasma volume in primates = 45 mL/Kg). See Davies, B and Morris, T. Physiological parameters in laboratory animals and humans. Pharmaceutical Research, 10, 1093-1095, 1993.
[00361] The increase in AUQo-24h) and Cmax with the increase in dose (based on the 15 mg/kg dose) is presented in Table 14. The Cmax values were dose proportional in both sexes where as AUQo-24h) values increased in a more than a dose proportional manner, suggesting a longer residence time of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex in the circulation with increasing dose.
Table 14: Increase in AUC and Cmax with Increase in Dose of Peptide 16/ Lipid
Complex
Dose
15 mg/kg 30 mg/kg 60 mg/kg
Males Females Males Females Males Females Day O
Dose Increment 1 1 2 2 4 4
Increase in AUQo- 3.22 3.31 10.2 9.52
24h)
Increase in Cmax 2.15 2.01 4.51 4.13 Day 26
Dose Increment 1 1 2 2 4 4
Increase in AUQo- - - 2.53 2.38 7.91 9.46
24h)
Increase in Cmax - - 1.86 1.68 3.78 3.94
[00362] There were no major sex-related differences in pharmacokinetic profiles, AUCs or Cmax values following single dose and multiple dose administration.
[00363] Based on Cmax and AUCs no accumulation of the Peptide 16/ lipid complex or Peptide 16 was observed during the 4- week administration period.
Example 24: Pharmacokinetic Studies on Peptide 16 and Peptide 16/ Lipid Complexes in Mice
[00364] Total cholesterol, unesterified cholesterol and cholesterol ester (as the difference between total and unesterified cholesterol values) in plasma after injection of one of three peptide formulations were measured.
[00365] Peptide formulations: (A) Peptide 16; (B) Peptide 16/ DPPC complex
(1:2 weight ratio); (C) Peptide 16/ DPPC complex (1:2.5 weight ratio). Formulations A, B, and C were each provided as solutions at a concentration of 15 mg/ml.
[00366] 20 C57B1/6J mice were fasted for at least two weeks with a Rodent
Diet with 60% kcal% fat (Reseach diets - D12492). The drinking water was supplemented with 5% glucose. Following 3 h fasting, the peptide formulations were dosed at 30mg/kg (IV injection - 50 μl) and the blood was sampled at 15, 30, 60, 120 and 240 minutes. One pre-dose sample was performed before the injection.
[00367] Plasma samples were analyzed for total cholesterol and unesterified cholesterol (kits from Biolabo - CEROOX- S OP002, CER00X-SOP003). The cholesterol ester was calculated as the difference between total cholesterol and unesterified cholesterol.
[00368] The results are shown in Figures 21 and 22. [00369] A number of references are disclosed herein, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
[00370] The following are some illustrative embodiments of the invention:
1. A 22- to 29-residue peptide having the following Formula I
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
XI is absent or a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X2 is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X3 is an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue;
X4 is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X6 is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X7 is a hydrophobic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophobic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophobic L-amino acid residue;
X is a hydrophobic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophobic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophobic L-amino acid residue;
X9 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
XII is GIy or an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue;
X12 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
XX1133 iiss aa hhyyddrroopphhiilliicc aacchhiirraall aammiinnoo aacciidd : residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue; X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu;
XI is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
X17 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X22 is an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue; and
X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or a sequence of 1 to 7 amino acid residues, wherein each residue of the sequence is independently an achiral, D-, or L-amino acid residue;
Y2 is absent or a sequence of 1 to 7 amino acid residues, wherein each residue of the sequence is independently an achiral, D-, or L-amino acid residue;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group; and
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; and wherein: (a) all amino acid residues, other than the terminal amino acid residues and residues immediately adjacent to the terminal amino acid residues, are achiral or L-amino acid residues; or (b) all amino acid residues, other than the terminal amino acid residues and residues immediately adjacent to the terminal amino acid residues, are achiral or D-amino acid residues.
2. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 1, wherein:
X3 is Leu or D-Leu;
X7 is Leu, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
X8 is Ala, NaI, Trp, GIy, Leu, Phe, D-AIa, D-NaI, D-Trp, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
XII is Leu, GIy, Aib, or D-Leu; and
X22 is Ala, Leu, VaI, D-AIa, D-Leu, or D-VaI. 3. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 1, wherein:
X1 is absent, Lys, or D-Lys;
X2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X5 is GIn, Asn, Lys, Orn, D-GIn, D-Asn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X6 is GIn, Asn, Lys, Orn, D-GIn, D-Asn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X9 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
X12 is GIu, Asp, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
X13 is Asn, GIn, D-Asn or D-GIn;
X16 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
X17 is Lys, Arg, Orn, D-Lys, D-Arg, or D-Orn; and
X20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu.
4. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 3, wherein X18 is Phe or D-Phe.
5. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 1, wherein the peptide is a 22- or 23-residue peptide.
6. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 5, wherein R1 is H and R2 is OH.
7. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 5, wherein:
X1 is absent, Lys or D-Lys;
X2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X3 is Leu or D-Leu;
X4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X5 is GIn, Asn, Lys, Orn, D-GIn, D-Asn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X6 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X7 is GIy, Leu, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
X8 is Ala, NaI, Trp, Leu, Phe, GIy, D-AIa, D-NaI, D-Trp, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X9 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; X rl1l1 is GIy, Leu, Aib, or D-Leu;
X A2 i ■s GIu, Asp, D-GIu, or D-Asp;
X A13J i •s Asn, GIn, D-Asn, or D-GIn; X16 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
X Al is Lys, Arg, Orn, D-Lys, D-Arg, or D-Orn;
^20 i •s Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; and X22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu.
8. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 7, wherein: X5 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D- Asn and X6 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; or X5 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn and X6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn.
9. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 7, wherein X1 is absent and the peptide is a 22-residue peptide.
10. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 9, wherein each of X7, X8, X10, X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy.
11. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 9, wherein only one of X7, X8, X10, X11, X14, and X15 is GIy.
12. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 9, wherein:
X2 and X4 are both Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X5 is GIn, Lys, D-GIn, or D-Lys;
X9 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
X12 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D-GIu, D-Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg;
X13 is GIu, Asn, GIn, Arg, D-GIu, D-Asn, D-GIn, or D-Arg;
X16 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
X17 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X21 is Leu or D-Leu; and
X22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu. 13. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 1, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 2);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 3);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Nal-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 4);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 5);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 6);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 7);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Phe- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 8);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 9);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 10);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 11);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 12);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 13);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 14);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Nal-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 15);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 16); Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Aib-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 18);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 19);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Nal-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 20);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 21);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 22);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 23);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Leu-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 24);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 25);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 26);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Aib-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Phe- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 28);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Leu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 29);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Nal-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 30);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Trp-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 31);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Orn- Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 32);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Phe-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 33);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Arg-Leu-Ala-Asp-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 36);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Ala-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 40); Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 94);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 95);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Nal-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 96);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 97);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 98);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 99);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Phe-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 100);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 101);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 102);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 103);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 104);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 105);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 106);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Nal-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 107);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 108);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Aib-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 110);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. I ll); Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Nal-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 112);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 113);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 114);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 115);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Leu-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 116);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 117);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 118);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Aib-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Phe-Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 120);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Leu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 121);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Nal-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 122);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Trp-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 123);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Orn- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 124);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Phe-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 125);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Arg-Leu-Ala-Asp-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 128); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Gln-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Ala-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 132), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
14. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 5, wherein the peptide is a 23-residue peptide. 15. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 14, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 17); or
Lys-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 109), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
16. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 5, wherein X1 is absent and the peptide is a 22-residue peptide.
17. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Leu-Leu-Asp-Asn- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 34);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Leu-Leu-Asp-Asn- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 35);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Leu-Leu-Asp-Asn- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 126); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Leu-Leu-Asp-Asn- Phe-Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 127), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
18. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein:
X9 is GIn, Lys, D-GIn, D-Lys, an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic
D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
XX1122 iiss AAssnn,, DD--AAssnn,, aann aacciiddiicc aacchhiirraall aammiinnoo a acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue; and
XX1177 iiss AAssnn,, GGIIuu,, DD--AAssnn,, DD--GGIIuu,, aa bbaassiicc aacchhiiiral amino acid residue, a basic D- amino acid residue, or a basic L-amino acid residue. 19. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein:
X9 is GIn, Lys, D-GIn, D-Lys, an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic
D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
XX1122 iiss AAssnn,, DD--AAssnn,, aann aacciiddiicc aacchhiirraall aammiinnoo a acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue; and
XX1177 iiss AAssnn,, GGIIuu,, DD--AAssnn,, DD--GGIIuu,, aa bbaassiicc aacchhiiiral amino acid residue, a basic D- amino acid residue, or a basic L-amino acid residue.
20. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein:
X2 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X3 is Leu or D-Leu;
X4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X5 is Lys, Orn, GIn, Asn, D-Lys, D-Orn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X7 is Leu, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
X8 is Ala, Trp, GIy, Leu, Phe, NaI, D-AIa, D-Trp, D-Leu, D-Phe, or D-NaI;
X9 is Asp, GIu, GIn, Lys, D-Asp, D-GIu, D-GIn, or D-Lys;
X11 is Leu, GIy, Aib, or D-Leu;
X12 is Asp, GIu, Asn, D-Asp, D-GIu, or D-Asn;
X13 is Asn, GIn, GIu, Arg, D-Asn, D-GIn, D-GIu, or D-Arg;
X16 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
X17 is Lys, Arg, Orn, Asn, GIu, D-Lys, D-Arg, D-Orn, D-Asn, or D-GIu;
X20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; and
X22 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu.
21. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein:
X9 is GIu or D-GIu;
X12 is GIu or D-GIu;
X13 is Asn, GIu, D-Asn, or D-GIu;
X14 is Leu or D-Leu;
X15 is Leu or D-Leu; X16 is GIu or D-GIu;
X17 is Arg, Lys, D-Arg, or D-Lys;
X18 is Phe or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu or D-Leu;
X21 is Leu or D-Leu; and
X22 is VaI or D-VaI.
22. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein X11 is GIy and each of X7, X8, X10, X14, and X15 is other than GIy.
23. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein:
X is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X3 is Leu or D-Leu;
X4 is Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
XD is GIn or D-GIn;
X r60 i ■s Lys, Orn, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X' is Leu, NaI, D-Leu, or D-NaI;
X ^8δ i •s Ala, Trp, D-AIa, or D-Trp;
X9 is GIu or D-GIu;
X10 is Leu or D-Leu;
X11 is GIy;
X12 is GIu or D-GIu;
X13 is Asn or D-Asn;
X14 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X15 is Leu or D-Leu;
X16 is GIu or D-GIu;
X17 is Arg or D-Arg;
X18 is Phe or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu;
X21 is Leu or D-Leu; and
X22 is VaI or D-VaI. 24. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 20, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 2);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 3);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Nal-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 4);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 5);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 6);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 7);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Phe- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 8);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 9);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 94);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 95);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Nal-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 96);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Trp-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 97);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 98);
Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 99);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Phe-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 100); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Gly-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 101), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
25. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein X15 is GIy and each of X7, X8, X10, X11, and X14 is other than GIy.
26. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 25, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 10); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Gly-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 102), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
27. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein X14 is GIy and each of X7, X8, X10, X11, and X15 is other than GIy.
28. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 27, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 11); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Gly-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 103), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
29. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein X10 is GIy and each of X7, X8, X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy.
30. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 29, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 12); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 104), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing. 31. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein X8 is GIy and each of X7, X10, X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy.
32. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 31, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 13); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Gly-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg- Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 105), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
33. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 16, wherein X7 is GIy and each of X8, X10, X11, X14, and X15 is other than GIy.
34. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 33, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 14); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Gly-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 106), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
35. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 1, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 16); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Ala-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe- Leu-Asp-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 108), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
36. A 15- to 22-residue peptide having the following Formula II
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-Y2-R2,
Formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is Leu or D-Leu;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue;
X6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe;
X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
XII is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X1 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X16 is Leu or D-Leu;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues;
Y2 is absent;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to three of residues X1 to X17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue. 37. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 36, wherein X17 is Ala, Leu, VaI, D-AIa, D-Leu, or D-VaI.
38. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 36, wherein:
XI is His, Lys, Arg, D-His, D-Lys, or D-Arg; X3 is Lys, Arg, Orn, D-Lys, D-Arg, or D-Orn; X is Lys, Arg, Orn, D-Lys, D-Arg, or D-Orn; X7 is GIu or D-GIu;
X8 is Asn, GIu, D-Asn, or D-GIu;
XII is Asp, GIu, D- Asp, or D-GIu;
X12 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn; and X15 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu.
39. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 38, wherein X13 is Phe or D-Phe.
40. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 36, wherein the peptide is an 18-residue peptide.
41. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 40, wherein R1 is H and R2 is OH.
42. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 41, wherein:
XI is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X3 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X5 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn; X7 is GIu or D-GIu;
X8 is GIu, Asn, D-GIu, or D-Asn;
XII is GIu, Asp, D-GIu, or D- Asp;
X12 is Arg, Lys, Orn, D-Arg, D-Lys, or D-Orn;
X15 is Asp, GIu, D-Asp, or D-GIu; and
X17 is Ala, VaI, Leu, D-AIa, D-VaI, or D-Leu. 43. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 36, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 53);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- VaI- Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 54);
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 145); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu- VaI- Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 146), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
44. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 36, wherein the peptide is:
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Leu-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 65);
^C^C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 66);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu- Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 67);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu- Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu- Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 68);
H3C(O)C-LyS-LeU-LyS-GIn-LyS-LeU-GIu-GIu- Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 69);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Asn-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 70);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Leu-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 71);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 72);
H3C(O)C-LyS-LeU-LyS-GIn-LyS-LeU-GIu-GIu- Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Leu-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 73); H3C(O)C-Arg-Leu-Lys-Gln-Arg-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu-Ala-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 74);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Phe- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 75);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Trp-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 76);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu- Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Leu-Leu- Glu-Leu-Leu-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 77);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu- Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Leu-Leu- Glu-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 78);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Arg-Gln-Arg-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu-Ala-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 79);
H3C(O)C-Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 80);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Orn-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 81);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Arg-Gln-Arg-Phe-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu- Ala-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 82);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Trp-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 83);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 84);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu-Leu-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 87);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val- Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 88);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- Val-Inp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 89);
H3C(O)C-LyS-LeU-LyS-GIn-LyS-LeU-GIu-GIu-LeU-LeU-GIu-AIg-LeU-LeU- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 157);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 158);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu- Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 159); H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu- VaI-NiP-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 160);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu- VaI-NiP-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 161);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Asn-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 162);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu- Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Leu-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 163);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Trp-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 164);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Leu-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 165);
H3C(O)C-Arg-Leu-Lys-Gln-Arg-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu- Ala-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 166);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Phe- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 167);
H3C(O)C-LyS-LeU-LyS-GIn-LyS-LeU-GIu-GIu-LeU-LeU-GIu-LyS-LeU-LeU- Glu-Leu-Leu-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 168);
H3C(O)C-LyS-LeU-LyS-GIn-LyS-LeU-GIu-GIu-LeU-LeU-GIu-LyS-LeU-LeU- Glu-Leu- VaI-Mp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 169);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Arg-Gln-Arg-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu-Ala-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 170);
H3C(O)C-Orn-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 171);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Orn-Gln-Orn-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Orn-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 172);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Arg-Gln-Arg-Phe-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Asp-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu-Ala-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 173);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Trp-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 174);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Leu-Leu-Glu-Asn-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 175);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu- Asp-Leu-Val-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 176); H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Lys-Phe-Leu- Glu-Leu-Leu-Nip-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 179);
H3C(O)C-Lys-Leu-Lys-Gln-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu-Val- Mp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 180); or
H3C(O)C-Lys-Gln-Lys-Leu-Glu-Glu-Leu-Leu-Glu-Arg-Phe-Leu-Asp-Leu- VaI-Mp-NH2 (SEQ. ID. NO. 181), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
45. A 22- to 29-residue peptide having the following Formula III
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
XI is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X3 is Leu or D-Leu;
X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X7 is Leu or D-Leu;
X8 is Ala or D-AIa;
X9 is Asp or D-Asp;
X10 is Leu, Phe, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
XII is GIy, Leu, or D-Leu; X12 is Arg or D-Arg;
X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X15 is Leu or D-Leu;
X16 is GIn or D-GIn;
X17 is GIu, Leu, D-GIu, or D-Leu;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X20 is GIu or D-GIu;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip; Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; Y2 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; R1 is H or an amino protecting group; R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
46. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment
45, wherein the peptide is a 22- or 23 -residue peptide.
47. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment
46, wherein the peptide is a 22 -residue peptide.
48. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment
47, wherein X22 is VaI, Leu, D-VaI, or D-Leu.
49. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein:
X is Lys or D-Lys; X4 is Lys or D-Lys; X5 is Lys or D-Lys; X13 is GIu or D-GIu;
X18 is Phe or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu or D-Leu; and
X rΥΔlΔ is Ala, Leu, VaI, D-AIa, D-Leu, or D-VaI. 50. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein:
X2 is Lys or D-Lys;
X4 is Lys or D-Lys;
X5 is Lys or D-Lys;
X13 is GIu or D-GIu;
X18 is Phe or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu or D-Leu; and
X22 is Ala, Leu, VaI, D-AIa, D-Leu, or D-VaI.
51. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein X13 and X17 are GIu or D-GIu.
52. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 46, wherein:
X1 is absent;
X2 is Lys or D-Lys;
X4 is Lys or D-Lys;
X5 is Lys or D-Lys;
X18 is Phe or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu or D-Leu; and
X22 is VaI or D-VaI.
53. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein X13 or X17 is GIu or D-GIu.
54. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein X22 is VaI or D-VaI and X6 is GIn or D-GIn.
55. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein X22 is VaI or D-VaI or X6 is GIn or D-GIn. 56. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein only one of X10, X11 and X14 is GIy.
57. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 45, wherein the peptide is:
Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln-Leu- Ala- Asp-Leu-Leu- Arg-Glu-Leu-Leu-Gln-Glu-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Inp (SEQ. ID. NO. 197); or
Lys-Leu-Lys-Lys-Gln-Leu- Ala- Asp-Leu-Leu- Arg-Glu-Leu-Leu-Gln-Glu-Phe- Leu-Glu-Leu-Val-Nip (SEQ. ID. NO. 211), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of one of the foregoing.
58. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein X10 is GIy and X17 is GIu or D-GIu.
59. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein each of X10, X11 and X14 is other than GIy.
60. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 47, wherein X17 is Leu or D-Leu.
61. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 60, wherein X14 is Trp or D-Trp and X10 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe.
62. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 60, wherein X14 is Trp or D-Trp or X10 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe.
63. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of embodiment 45, wherein R1 is H and R2 is OH.
64. The peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 63, wherein the peptide is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
65. The peptide of embodiment 64, wherein the salt is a metal salt or organic amine salt. 66. The peptide of embodiment 65, wherein the metal is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal.
67. The peptide of embodiment 65, wherein the metal is lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, aluminum or zinc.
68. The peptide of embodiment 65, wherein the organic amine is triethylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, morpholine, N-methylpiperidine, N- ethylpiperidine, or dibenzylamine.
69. The peptide of embodiment 64, wherein the salt is an acid addition salt.
70. The peptide of embodiment 69, wherein the acid addition salt is a hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, sulfite, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, tartrate, bitartrate, ascorbate, gentisinate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccarate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, pantothenate, acetate, fumarate, succinate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluylsulfonate, citrate, or maleate salt.
71. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 63, wherein R1 is an amino protecting group.
72. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 71 , wherein the amino protecting group is dansyl; methoxycarbonyl; ethoxycarbonyl; 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl; 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl; 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl; 2-phenylethoxycarbonyl; z-butoxycarbonyl; benzyloxycarbonyl; p- methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; /?-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; p-bromobenzyloxycarbonylj p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonylj p-iodobenzyloxycarbonyl; 2,4-dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl; diphenylmethoxycarbonyl; 3,5- dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl; phenoxycarbonyl; 2,4,6-tri-z-butylpenoxycarbonyl; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyloxycarbonyl; formyl; acetyl; chloroacetyl; trichloroacetyl; trifluoroacetyl; phenylacetyl; picolinoyl; benzoyl; /?-phenylbenzoyl; phthaloyl; methyl; z-butyl; allyl; [2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl; 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl; 2,4- dinitrophenyl; benzyl; ; 4-methoxybenzyl; diphenylmethyl; triphenylmethyl; benzenesulfenyl; o-nitrobenzenesulfenyl; 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenyl; p- toluenesulfonyl; benzenesulfonyl; 2,3,6-trimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl; 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzenesulfonyl; 2,6-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl; pentamethylbenzenesulfonyl; 4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl; 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonyl; or benzylsulfonyl.
73. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 63, wherein R2 is a carboxyl protecting group.
74. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 73, wherein the carboxyl protecting group is methoxy; ethoxy; 9-fluorenylmethoxy; methoxymethoxy; methylthiomethoxy; tetrahydropyranoxy; tetrahydrofuranoxy; methoxyethoxymethoxy; benzyloxymethoxy; phenacyloxy; /?-bromophenacyloxy; α- methylphenacyloxy; p-methoxyphenacyloxy; desyloxy; 2-chloroethoxy; 2,2,2- thrichloroethoxy, 2-methylthioethoxy; 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)methoxy; z-butoxy; cyclopentoxy; cyclohexoxy; allyloxy; methallyloxy; cinnamoxy; α-methylcinnamoxy; phenoxy; 2,6-dimethylphenoxy; 2,6-diisopropylphenoxy; benzyloxy; triphenylmethoxy; diphenylmethoxy; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyloxy; p-bromobenzyloxy; o-nitrobenzyloxy; N,N-dimethylamido; pyrrolidinyl; or piperidinyl.
75. The peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 63, wherein one or more of the peptide's -NH2 or -COOH groups are protected with a protecting group.
76. A composition comprising an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 75, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
77. A method for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 75 to a mammal in need thereof. 78. The method of embodiment 77, wherein the dyslipidemia is hyperproteinemia, high low-density lipoprotein serum concentration, high very low-density lipoprotein serum concentration, hyperlipidemia, low high-density lipoprotein serum concentration, hypocholesterolemia, Abetalipoproteinemia, ApoA-I deficiency, or Tangier disease.
79. The method of embodiment 77, wherein the dyslipidemia is hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, ApoA-I deficiency, or hypertriglyceridemia.
80. The method of embodiment 77, wherein the treating comprises increasing serum high density lipoprotein concentration.
81. A method for treating or preventing a cardiovascular disease, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 75 to a mammal in need thereof.
82. The method of claim 81, wherein the cardiovascular disease is metabolic syndrome, ischemic heart disease, atherosclerosis, restenosis, endotoxemia, congestive heart failure, circulatory shock, cardiomyopathy, cardiac transplant, myocardial infarction, a cardiac arrhythmia, supraventricular tachycardia, atrial flutter, paroxysmal atrial tachycardia, aneurysm, angina, cerebrovascular accident, peripheral vascular disease, cerebrovascular disease, kidney disease, atherogenesis, atherosclerosis, acute pancreatitis, or coronary artery disease.
83. The method of claim 81, wherein the cardiovascular disease is atherosclerosis, restenosis, or a metabolic syndrome.
84. A method for treating or preventing endothelial dysfunction, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 75 to a mammal in need thereof. 85. A method for treating or preventing a macrovascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 75 to a mammal in need thereof.
86. The method of claim 85, wherein the macrovascular disorder is transient ischaemic attack, stroke, angina, myocardial infarction, cardiac failure, or peripheral vascular disease.
87. A method for treating or preventing a microvascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of any one of embodiments 1 to 75 to a mammal in need thereof.
88. The method of claim 87, wherein the microvascular disorder is diabetic retinopathy, microalbuminuria, macroalbuminuria, end stage renal disease, erectile dysfunction, autonomic neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy, osteomyelitis, or lower limb ischaemia.
89. The method of any one of embodiments 77 to 88, wherein the mammal is a human.
90. The method of any one of embodiments 77 to 89, wherein the administering is done orally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intrathecally, subcutaneously, sublingually, nasally, cutaneously, transdermally, ocularly, or by inhalation.

Claims

We claim:
1. A 22- to 29-residue peptide having the following Formula I
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
XI is absent or a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X3 is an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue;
X4 is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, D-Asn, or a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X is a basic achiral amino acid residue, a basic D-amino acid residue, or a basic L- amino acid residue;
X7 is a hydrophobic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophobic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophobic L-amino acid residue;
X8 is a hydrophobic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophobic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophobic L-amino acid residue;
X9 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
X10 is Leu, Trp, GIy, NaI, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-NaI;
XII is GIy or an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue;
X12 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
X13 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X15 is Leu, GIy, or D-Leu; X1 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
X17 is a hydrophilic achiral amino acid residue, a hydrophilic D-amino acid residue, or a hydrophilic L-amino acid residue;
X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X19 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X20 is an acidic achiral amino acid residue, an acidic D-amino acid residue, or an acidic L-amino acid residue;
X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X is an aliphatic achiral amino acid residue, an aliphatic D-amino acid residue, or an aliphatic L-amino acid residue; and
X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or a sequence of 1 to 7 amino acid residues, wherein each residue of the sequence is independently an achiral, D-, or L-amino acid residue;
Y2 is absent or a sequence of 1 to 7 amino acid residues, wherein each residue of the sequence is independently an achiral, D-, or L-amino acid residue;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group; and
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; and wherein: (a) all amino acid residues, other than the terminal amino acid residues and residues immediately adjacent to the terminal amino acid residues, are achiral or L-amino acid residues; or (b) all amino acid residues, other than the terminal amino acid residues and residues immediately adjacent to the terminal amino acid residues, are achiral or D-amino acid residues.
2. A 15- to 22-residue peptide having the following Formula II R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-Y2-R2,
Formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
XI is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is Leu or D-Leu;
X3 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X4 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn;
X5 is Leu, D-Leu, or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid amino acid residue;
X6 is Leu, Trp, Phe, D-Leu, D-Trp, or D-Phe; X7 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X8 is Asn, D-Asn, or an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X9 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X10 is Leu, Trp, D-Leu, or D-Trp;
X11 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X12 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue;
X13 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X14 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe;
X15 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue;
X16 is Leu or D-Leu;
X17 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue;
X18 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip;
Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 4 residues;
Y2 is absent;
R1 is H or an amino protecting group;
R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein zero to three of residues X1 to X17 are absent; and wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
3. A 22- to 29-residue peptide having the following Formula III
R1-Y1-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-Xπ-X12-X13-X14-X15-X16-X17-X18-X19-X20- χ21_χ22_χ23_γ2_R2
Formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
X1 is absent or an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X2 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X3 is Leu or D-Leu;
X4 is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X is an achiral, D-, or L-basic amino acid residue; X6 is GIn, Asn, D-GIn, or D-Asn; X7 is Leu or D-Leu; X8 is Ala or D-AIa; X9 is Asp or D-Asp; X10 is Leu, Phe, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X11 is GIy, Leu, or D-Leu; X12 is Arg or D-Arg;
X13 is an achiral, D-, or L-acidic amino acid residue; X14 is Leu, Trp, GIy, D-Leu, or D-Trp; X15 is Leu or D-Leu; X16 is GIn or D-GIn; X17 is GIu, Leu, D-GIu, or D-Leu; X18 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X19 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X20 is GIu or D-GIu; X21 is Leu, Phe, D-Leu, or D-Phe; X22 is an achiral, D-, or L-aliphatic amino acid residue; X23 is Inp, Nip, azPro, Pip, azPip, D-Nip, or D-Pip; Y1 is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; Y is absent or an amino acid sequence having from 1 to 7 residues; R1 is H or an amino protecting group; R2 is OH or a carboxyl protecting group; wherein: a) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue; b) each chiral amino acid residue is a D-amino acid residue; c) each chiral amino acid residue is an L-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is a D-amino acid residue; or d) each chiral amino acid residue is an D-amino acid residue, except that one or more of each chiral terminal amino acid residue and each chiral amino acid residue immediately adjacent thereto is an L-amino acid residue.
4. A composition comprising an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
5. A composition comprising an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 2, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
6. A composition comprising an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 3, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
7. A method for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 1 to a mammal in need thereof.
8. A method for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 2 to a mammal in need thereof.
9. A method for treating or preventing dyslipidemia, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 3 to a mammal in need thereof.
10. A method for treating or preventing a cardiovascular disease, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 1 to a mammal in need thereof.
11. A method for treating or preventing a cardiovascular disease, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 2 to a mammal in need thereof.
12. A method for treating or preventing a cardiovascular disease, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 3 to a mammal in need thereof.
13. A method for treating or preventing endothelial dysfunction, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 1 to a mammal in need thereof.
14. A method for treating or preventing endothelial dysfunction, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 2 to a mammal in need thereof.
15. A method for treating or preventing endothelial dysfunction, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 3 to a mammal in need thereof.
16. A method for treating or preventing a macrovascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 1 to a mammal in need thereof.
17. A method for treating or preventing a macrovascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 2 to a mammal in need thereof.
18. A method for treating or preventing a macrovascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 3 to a mammal in need thereof.
19. A method for treating or preventing a microvascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 1 to a mammal in need thereof.
20. A method for treating or preventing a microvascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 2 to a mammal in need thereof.
21. A method for treating or preventing a microvascular disorder, comprising administering an effective amount of the peptide or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the peptide of claim 3 to a mammal in need thereof.
PCT/US2010/024096 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics WO2010093918A1 (en)

Priority Applications (22)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
RU2011138011/10A RU2532222C2 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 A-i apolipoprotein mimetics
MX2011008599A MX2011008599A (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics.
SG2011057569A SG173624A1 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
CN201080016764.XA CN102395375B (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
JP2011550271A JP5719783B2 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein AI mimics
NZ594516A NZ594516A (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
MX2014006888A MX343654B (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics.
CA2752182A CA2752182C (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
AU2010213568A AU2010213568B2 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein A-I Mimics
EP10741801.4A EP2396017B1 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
KR1020117021736A KR101688547B1 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein A-I Mimics
PL10741801T PL2396017T3 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
ES10741801.4T ES2554853T3 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Mimetics of apolipoprotein A-I
SI201031020T SI2396017T1 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
DK10741801.4T DK2396017T3 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein A-I-mimetika
IL214576A IL214576B (en) 2009-02-16 2011-08-10 Apolipoprotein a-i mimic peptides, compositions comprising the same and uses thereof
ZA2011/05997A ZA201105997B (en) 2009-02-16 2011-08-16 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
HK12106075.1A HK1165987A1 (en) 2009-02-16 2012-06-20 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics a-i
IL240357A IL240357A (en) 2009-02-16 2015-08-04 Apolipoprotein a-i mimic peptides, compositions comprising the same and uses thereof
HRP20150998TT HRP20150998T1 (en) 2009-02-16 2015-09-21 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
SM201500318T SMT201500318B (en) 2009-02-16 2015-12-18 MIMETIC OF APOLIPOPROTEIN A-I
PH12016501912A PH12016501912A1 (en) 2009-02-16 2016-09-27 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15296609P 2009-02-16 2009-02-16
US15296009P 2009-02-16 2009-02-16
US15296209P 2009-02-16 2009-02-16
US61/152,966 2009-02-16
US61/152,962 2009-02-16
US61/152,960 2009-02-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010093918A1 true WO2010093918A1 (en) 2010-08-19

Family

ID=42562076

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/024096 WO2010093918A1 (en) 2009-02-16 2010-02-12 Apolipoprotein a-i mimics

Country Status (26)

Country Link
US (4) US8378068B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2939683B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5719783B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101688547B1 (en)
CN (2) CN102395375B (en)
AU (1) AU2010213568B2 (en)
CA (2) CA2752182C (en)
CY (1) CY1118809T1 (en)
DK (2) DK2396017T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2554853T3 (en)
HK (2) HK1165987A1 (en)
HR (2) HRP20150998T1 (en)
HU (2) HUE033661T2 (en)
IL (2) IL214576B (en)
LT (1) LT2939683T (en)
MX (2) MX2011008599A (en)
NZ (1) NZ594516A (en)
PH (1) PH12016501912A1 (en)
PL (2) PL2939683T3 (en)
PT (2) PT2939683T (en)
RU (2) RU2532222C2 (en)
SG (1) SG173624A1 (en)
SI (2) SI2396017T1 (en)
SM (1) SMT201500318B (en)
WO (1) WO2010093918A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201105997B (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012101142A1 (en) 2011-01-26 2012-08-02 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Method for assessing a subject's risk of having a cardiovascular disease.
WO2012109162A1 (en) 2011-02-07 2012-08-16 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A. Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
US8993597B2 (en) 2009-02-16 2015-03-31 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Apolipoprotein A-I mimics
WO2015173633A2 (en) 2014-05-02 2015-11-19 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Hdl therapy markers
WO2019030575A1 (en) * 2017-08-10 2019-02-14 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Apomers
AU2018203258B2 (en) * 2011-02-07 2020-12-10 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
WO2021209822A1 (en) * 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Abionyx Pharma Sa Cer-001 therapy for treating kidney disease
WO2021209808A1 (en) * 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Abionyx Pharma Sa Cer-001 therapy for treating kidney disease
WO2021209823A1 (en) 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating acute conditions using lipid binding protein- based complexes
WO2022069942A2 (en) 2020-10-01 2022-04-07 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating eye diseases using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2022219413A1 (en) 2021-04-15 2022-10-20 Abionyx Pharma Sa Use of lipid binding protein-based complexes in organ preservation solutions
WO2023194797A1 (en) 2022-04-06 2023-10-12 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating eye diseases using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2023194798A1 (en) 2022-04-06 2023-10-12 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating leukocytosis, endothelial dysfunction and carditis using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2023237927A2 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating hyperinflammatory conditions using lipid binding protein -based complexes
WO2023237935A2 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating acute conditions using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2024150064A1 (en) 2023-01-13 2024-07-18 Abionyx Pharma Sa Lipid binding protein molecule therapy

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007137400A1 (en) * 2006-06-01 2007-12-06 Institut De Cardiologie De Montreal Method and compound for the treatment of valvular stenosis
US20120141576A1 (en) * 2007-03-15 2012-06-07 Benjamin Johnson Treatment of Dermatologic Skin Disorders
WO2008141230A1 (en) 2007-05-09 2008-11-20 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Methods and systems for monitoring production of a target protein in a nanolipoprotein particle
US9688718B2 (en) 2008-01-11 2017-06-27 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Nanolipoprotein particles comprising hydrogenases and related products, methods and systems
US9644038B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2017-05-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Apolipoprotein nanodiscs with telodendrimer
US9239280B2 (en) 2012-06-16 2016-01-19 Atherotech, Inc. Measurement of serum lipoproteins
WO2013188879A1 (en) 2012-06-16 2013-12-19 Atherotech, Inc. Measurement of serum lipoproteins
WO2016049061A1 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-03-31 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Electrochemical flow-cell for hydrogen production and nicotinamide co-factor dependent target reduction, and related methods and systems
CA2979712C (en) 2015-03-25 2024-01-23 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Nanoparticle compositions for delivery of biomacromolecules
US11279749B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2022-03-22 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Synthetic apolipoproteins, and related compositions methods and systems for nanolipoprotein particles formation
US20190201540A1 (en) * 2016-05-24 2019-07-04 Stc Unm Immunogens, compositions, and methods for treating dyslipidemia
WO2018204421A2 (en) 2017-05-02 2018-11-08 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Momp telonanoparticles, and related compositions, methods and systems
US12083223B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2024-09-10 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Nanolipoprotein particles and related compositions methods and systems for loading RNA
US20190048049A1 (en) * 2017-08-10 2019-02-14 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Cargomers
CN114940711B (en) * 2021-10-25 2023-05-12 中山大学 Apolipoprotein A-I mimetic peptides and uses thereof
US12060148B2 (en) 2022-08-16 2024-08-13 Honeywell International Inc. Ground resonance detection and warning system and method

Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4215051A (en) 1979-08-29 1980-07-29 Standard Oil Company (Indiana) Formation, purification and recovery of phthalic anhydride
EP0045665A1 (en) 1980-08-06 1982-02-10 Aktiebolaget Hässle Enzyme inhibitors
US4376110A (en) 1980-08-04 1983-03-08 Hybritech, Incorporated Immunometric assays using monoclonal antibodies
US4816397A (en) 1983-03-25 1989-03-28 Celltech, Limited Multichain polypeptides or proteins and processes for their production
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US5220043A (en) 1991-03-21 1993-06-15 Ohio University Synthesis of D-erythro-sphingomyelins
WO1994008051A1 (en) 1992-10-01 1994-04-14 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags
US5585089A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5972890A (en) * 1988-05-02 1999-10-26 New England Deaconess Hospital Corporation Synthetic peptides for arterial imaging
US6004925A (en) 1997-09-29 1999-12-21 J. L. Dasseux Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
US20030171277A1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2003-09-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Orally administered peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis
US6743778B2 (en) * 2000-04-21 2004-06-01 Amgen Inc. Apo-AI/AII peptide derivatives
US6900177B1 (en) * 1997-09-29 2005-05-31 Jean-Louis Dasseux Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
US20060069030A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-03-30 Trustees Of Tufts College Apolipoprotein A1 mimetics and uses thereof
WO2007004060A2 (en) * 2005-05-05 2007-01-11 Valorisation Hsj, Societe En Commandite Cytokine receptor modulators and uses thereof
US20090081293A1 (en) * 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Katsuyuki Murase Sustained release of apo a-i mimetic peptides and methods of treatment

Family Cites Families (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CH621479A5 (en) * 1977-08-05 1981-02-13 Battelle Memorial Institute
CA1173360A (en) * 1979-06-22 1984-08-28 Jurg Schrank Pharmaceutical preparations
US4643988A (en) * 1984-05-15 1987-02-17 Research Corporation Amphipathic peptides
US4880635B1 (en) * 1984-08-08 1996-07-02 Liposome Company Dehydrated liposomes
JPS61152632A (en) 1984-12-26 1986-07-11 Dai Ichi Seiyaku Co Ltd Antiarteriosclerotic agent
US4857319A (en) * 1985-01-11 1989-08-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for preserving liposomes
JPH0559081A (en) 1991-08-29 1993-03-09 Kirin Brewery Co Ltd New sphingoglycolipid, its production and use
CA2137814A1 (en) 1992-06-12 1993-12-23 Maryvonne Rosseneu New peptides and proteins, process for their preparation and their use as cholesterol acceptors
TW261533B (en) 1992-07-16 1995-11-01 Kirin Brewery
US5674855A (en) 1992-08-12 1997-10-07 The Rogosin Institute Methods and compositions useful in prophylaxis and therapy of endotoxin related conditions
SE9203753D0 (en) 1992-12-11 1992-12-11 Kabi Pharmacia Ab EXPRESSION SYSTEM FOR PRODUCING APOLIPOPROTEIN AI-M
FR2734568B1 (en) 1995-05-22 1997-06-20 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa NEW VARIANTS OF APOLIPOPROTEIN
US6037323A (en) 1997-09-29 2000-03-14 Jean-Louis Dasseux Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
US6518412B1 (en) 1997-09-29 2003-02-11 Jean-Louis Dasseux Gene therapy approaches to supply apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
US6287590B1 (en) 1997-10-02 2001-09-11 Esperion Therapeutics, Inc. Peptide/lipid complex formation by co-lyophilization
WO1999041266A1 (en) 1998-02-12 1999-08-19 Emory University Sphingolipid derivatives and their methods of use
WO2000059855A1 (en) 1999-04-01 2000-10-12 Esperion Therapeutics, Inc. Ether compounds, compositions, and uses thereof
US6664230B1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2003-12-16 The Regents Of The University Of California Orally administered peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis
WO2003026492A2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-03 Esperion Therapeutics Inc. Prevention and treatment of restenosis by local administration of drug
BR0310099A (en) * 2002-05-17 2007-03-20 Esperion Therapeutics Inc method for treating dyslipidemia or a disease associated with dyslipidemia
DE10237571A1 (en) 2002-08-13 2004-02-26 Biotronik Meß- und Therapiegeräte GmbH & Co. Ingenieurbüro Berlin Endovascular implant with active coating
NZ544750A (en) 2003-07-17 2009-06-26 Migenix Inc Compositions of amphomycin or aspartocin based lipopeptide antibiotic derivatives and methods of use thereof
US8206750B2 (en) * 2005-03-24 2012-06-26 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A. Charged lipoprotein complexes and their uses
TW200744627A (en) 2006-02-21 2007-12-16 Pfizer Prod Inc Methods for the treatment of macular degeneration and related eye conditions
WO2007137400A1 (en) 2006-06-01 2007-12-06 Institut De Cardiologie De Montreal Method and compound for the treatment of valvular stenosis
US20080138284A1 (en) * 2006-09-26 2008-06-12 Lipid Sciences, Inc. Novel Peptides That Promote Lipid Efflux
WO2008094905A2 (en) 2007-01-29 2008-08-07 Lipid Sciences, Inc. Encapsulated hdl mimetic peptides
US7956035B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2011-06-07 Csl Limited Treatment of endothelial dysfunction in diabetic patients
US20110046056A1 (en) 2007-06-20 2011-02-24 Elisabetta Bianchi Apoa-1 peptide mimetics
CA2788223A1 (en) 2009-01-23 2010-07-29 Institut De Cardiologie De Montreal Method for the prevention and treatment of diastolic dysfunction employing an apolipoproteina1 (apoa1) mimetic peptide/phospholipid complex
SI2396017T1 (en) 2009-02-16 2015-12-31 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Apolipoprotein a-i mimics
EP2598158A4 (en) * 2010-07-28 2014-03-12 Inst Cardiologie Montreal Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of left ventricular diastolic dysfunction comprising an apolipoprotein peptide/phospholipid complex
US9708354B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-07-18 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Methods for the synthesis of sphingomyelins and dihydrosphingomyelins
EP3842443A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-06-30 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding SA Methods for the synthesis of sphingomyelins and dihydrosphingomyelins

Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4215051A (en) 1979-08-29 1980-07-29 Standard Oil Company (Indiana) Formation, purification and recovery of phthalic anhydride
US4376110A (en) 1980-08-04 1983-03-08 Hybritech, Incorporated Immunometric assays using monoclonal antibodies
EP0045665A1 (en) 1980-08-06 1982-02-10 Aktiebolaget Hässle Enzyme inhibitors
US4816397A (en) 1983-03-25 1989-03-28 Celltech, Limited Multichain polypeptides or proteins and processes for their production
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US5972890A (en) * 1988-05-02 1999-10-26 New England Deaconess Hospital Corporation Synthetic peptides for arterial imaging
US5585089A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5220043A (en) 1991-03-21 1993-06-15 Ohio University Synthesis of D-erythro-sphingomyelins
WO1994008051A1 (en) 1992-10-01 1994-04-14 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Complex combinatorial chemical libraries encoded with tags
US6004925A (en) 1997-09-29 1999-12-21 J. L. Dasseux Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
US6900177B1 (en) * 1997-09-29 2005-05-31 Jean-Louis Dasseux Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
US6743778B2 (en) * 2000-04-21 2004-06-01 Amgen Inc. Apo-AI/AII peptide derivatives
US20030171277A1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2003-09-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Orally administered peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis
US20060069030A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-03-30 Trustees Of Tufts College Apolipoprotein A1 mimetics and uses thereof
WO2007004060A2 (en) * 2005-05-05 2007-01-11 Valorisation Hsj, Societe En Commandite Cytokine receptor modulators and uses thereof
US20090081293A1 (en) * 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Katsuyuki Murase Sustained release of apo a-i mimetic peptides and methods of treatment

Non-Patent Citations (104)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins", 1997, CRC PRESS
"Pharmacia Laboratory Separation", April 1985, article "Pharmacia Gel Filtration Calibration Kit Instruction Manual"
"Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach", 1989, IRL PRESS
AHMED ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 250, 1975, pages 8477 - 8482
ALBERICIO, INT. J. PEPTIDE PROTEIN RES., vol. 26, 1985, pages 92 - 97
ALMQUIST ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 23, 1980, pages 1392 - 1398
ANANTHARAMAIAH ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 260, 1985, pages 10248 - 10262
AUSUBEL ET AL.,: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", vol. 2, GREENE PUBLISH. ASSOC. & WILEY INTERSCIENCE
AUSUBEL ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1989, GREENE PUBLISHING ASSOCIATES AND WILEY INTERSCIENCE
BACA ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 117, 1995, pages 1881 - 1887
BARLOW; THORNTON, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 201, 1988, pages 601 - 619
BASAK ET AL., BIOCONJUG. CHEM., vol. 5, no. 4, 1994, pages 301 - 305
BLONDELLE ET AL., BIOCHIM. BIOPHYS. ACTA, vol. 1202, 1993, pages 331 - 336
BRASSEUR ET AL., BIOCHIM. BIOPHYS. ACTA, vol. 1043, 1990, pages 245 - 252
BRISSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 310, 1984, pages 511 - 514
BROGLIE ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 224, 1984, pages 838 - 843
COLE ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy", 1985, ALAN R. LISS, INC., pages: 77 - 96
CORUZZI ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 3, 1984, pages 1671 - 1680
COTE ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 80, 1983, pages 2026 - 2030
DAVIES, B; MORRIS, T.: "Physiological parameters in laboratory animals and human", PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH, vol. 10, 1993, pages 1093 - 1095
DAVIES, B; MORRIS, T.: "Physiological parameters in laboratory animals and humans", PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH, vol. 10, 1993, pages 1093 - 1095
DE KRUIJFF, BIOSCI. REP., vol. 10, 1990, pages 127 - 130
DEMOOR ET AL., EUR. J. BIOCHEM., vol. 239, 1996, pages 74 - 84
EDELSTEIN ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 258, 1983, pages 11430 - 11433
EISENBERG ET AL., MOL. BIOD., vol. 179, 1984, pages 125 - 142
EISENBERG ET AL., NATURE, vol. 299, 1982, pages 371 - 374
EISENBERG, ANN. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 53, 1984, pages 595 - 623
EISENBERG, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 179, 1984, pages 125 - 142
EMOOR ET AL., EUR. J. BIOCHEM., vol. 239, 1996, pages 74 - 84
EPAND, THE AMPHIPATHIC HELIX, 1993
ESPOSITO ET AL., BIOPOLYMERS, vol. 41, 1997, pages 27 - 35
GESELL ET AL., J. BIOMOL. NMR, vol. 9, 1997, pages 127 - 135
GIANNIS; KOLTER, ANGEW. CHEM. INTL. ED. ENG., vol. 32, 1993, pages 1244 - 1267
GRIERSON; COREY: "Plant Molecular Biology, 2d Ed.,", 1988, BLACKIE
GROEBKE ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 93, 1996, pages 4025 - 4029
GURLEY ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 6, 1986, pages 559 - 565
HANN, J. CHEM. SOC. PERKIN TRANS., vol. 1. 1, 1982, pages 307 - 314
HOLLADAY ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 24, 1983, pages 4401 - 4404
HRUBY, LIFE SCI., vol. 31, 1982, pages 189 - 199
HUDSON ET AL., INT. J. PROT. RES., vol. 14, 1979, pages 177 - 185
HUNIG ET AL., CHEM. BER., vol. 100, 1974, pages 3039 - 3044
HUSE ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 246, 1989, pages 1275 - 1281
JENNINGS-WHITE ET AL., TETRAHEDRON. LETT., vol. 23, pages 2533
JONAS ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOL., vol. 128, 1986, pages 553 - 582
JONES: "Structure and Function of Apolipoproteins", 1992, article "8", pages: 217 - 250
KAHN ET AL., J. MOLECULAR RECOGNITION, vol. 1, 1988, pages 75 - 79
KAHN ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 28, 1987, pages 1623 - 1626
KAMBER ET AL.: "Hely. Chim. Acta", vol. 63, 1980, article "ESCOM Leiden, The Netherlands. An additional alternative", pages: 899 - 915
KIEFT ET AL., J LIPID RES, vol. 32, 1991, pages 859 - 866
KNEIB-CORDONNIER ET AL., INT. J. PEPT. PROTEIN RES., vol. 35, 1990, pages 527 - 538
KOHLER; MILSTEIN, NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 - 497
KOSBOR ET AL., IMMUNOLOGY TODAY, vol. 4, 1983, pages 72
LIM, FEBS LETT., vol. 89, 1978, pages 10 - 14
LIU ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 37, no. 7, 1996, pages 933 - 936
LIU; TAM, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 116, no. 10, 1994, pages 4149 - 4153
LIU; TAM, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 91, 1994, pages 6584 - 6588
LIVINGSTONE, METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY: IMMUNOAFFINITY CHROMATOGRAPHY OF PROTEINS, vol. 34, 1974, pages 723 - 731
LOGAN; SHENK, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. (USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 3655 - 3659
MACKETT ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 49, 1984, pages 857 - 864
MACKETT ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. (USA, vol. 79, 1982, pages 7415 - 7419
MARQUSEE ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 84, no. 24, 1985, pages 8898 - 8902
MENDEZ ET AL., J. CLIN. INVEST., vol. 94, 1994, pages 1698 - 1705
MORLEY, TRENDS PHARM. SCI., vol. 1, 1980, pages 463 - 468
MORRISON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 81, 1984, pages 6851 - 6855
NAKAGAWA ET AL., J. AM CHEM. SOC., vol. 107, 1985, pages 7087 - 7083
NAKAGAWA ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 107, 1985, pages 7087 - 7092
NEUBERGER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 312, 1984, pages 604 - 608
NOKIHARA ET AL., PEPTIDES, vol. 1988, 1989, pages 166 - 168
OLSON ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 36, 1993, pages 3039 - 3049
O'NEIL; DE GRADO, SCIENCE, vol. 250, 1990, pages 645 - 651
PALGUNARI ET AL., ARTERIOSCLER. THROMB. VASE. BIOL., vol. 16, 1996, pages 328 - 338
PANICALI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 79, 1982, pages 4927 - 4931
PENNINGTON ET AL., PEPTIDES, 1990, pages 164 - 166
RICHARDSON, ADV. PROTEIN CHEM., vol. 34, 1981, pages 167 - 339
ROSE ET AL., ADV. PROTEIN CHEM., vol. 37, 1985, pages 1 - 109
ROSSENEU ET AL.: "Structure and Function of Lipoproteins", 1992, CRC PRESS, INC., article "Analysis of the Primary and of the Secondary Structure of the Apolipoproteins", pages: 159 - 183
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY
SCHIFFER; EDMUNDSON, BIOPHYS. J., vol. 7, 1967, pages 121 - 135
SCHNOLZER; KENT, SCIENCE, vol. 256, 1992, pages 221 - 225
SCOPES: "Protein Purification: Principles and Practice", 1984, SPRINGER-VERLAG
See also references of EP2396017A4
SIBANDA ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 206, 1989, pages 759 - 777
SIEBER ET AL., HELY. CHIM. ACTA, vol. 53, 1970, pages 2135 - 2150
SMITH ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 46, 1983, pages 584
SPATOLA ET AL., LIFE SCI., vol. 38, 1986, pages 1243 - 1249
SPATOLA, VEGA DATA, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1983 (1983-03-01)
SPATOLA: "Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids Peptides and Proteins", 1983, MARCEL DEKKER, article "Peptide Backbone Modifications", pages: 267
STEWART ET AL.: "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis", 1984, PIERCE CHEMICAL COMPANY
TAKAMATSU ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 6, 1987, pages 307 - 311
TAKEDA ET AL., NATURE, vol. 314, 1985, pages 452 - 454
TAM ET AL., INT. J. PEPTIDE PROTEIN RES., vol. 45, 1995, pages 209 - 216
TAM ET AL., SYNTHESIS, 1979, pages 955 - 957
TAM, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 5409 - 5413
TRAMONTANO ET AL., PROTEINS: STRUCT. FUNCT. GENET., vol. 6, 1989, pages 382 - 394
USUI, S.; HARA, Y; HOSAKI, S.; OKAZAKI, M.: "A new on-line dual enzymatic method for simultaneous quantification of cholesterol and triglycerides in lipoproteins by HPLC", J. LIPID RES., vol. 43, 2002, pages 805 - 814
VANLOO ET AL., J. LIPID RES., vol. 32, 1991, pages 1253 - 1264
VENKATACHELAPATHI ET AL., PROTEINS: STRUCTURE, FUNCTION AND GENETICS, vol. 15, 1993, pages 349 - 359
WEIS, CHEM. PHYS. LIPIDS, vol. 102, no. 1-2, 1999, pages 3 - 12
WEISSBACH; WEISSBACH: "Methods for Plant Molecular Biology", 1988, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 421 - 463
WILMER-WHITE ET AL., TRENDS BIOCHEM. SCI., vol. 12, 1987, pages 189 - 192
WILMOT ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 203, 1988, pages 221 - 232
YAMASHIRO; LI, INT. J. PEPTIDE PROTEIN RES., vol. 31, 1988, pages 322 - 334
ZANIS, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 80, 1983, pages 2574 - 2578
ZHOU ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 33, 1992, pages 11174 - 11183

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8993597B2 (en) 2009-02-16 2015-03-31 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Apolipoprotein A-I mimics
US9981008B2 (en) 2009-02-16 2018-05-29 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Apolipoprotein A-I mimics
US9388232B2 (en) 2009-02-16 2016-07-12 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Apolipoprotein A-I mimics
WO2012101142A1 (en) 2011-01-26 2012-08-02 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Method for assessing a subject's risk of having a cardiovascular disease.
AU2018203258B9 (en) * 2011-02-07 2021-01-07 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
US10328119B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2019-06-25 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A. Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
US9187551B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2015-11-17 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A. Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
US11376309B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2022-07-05 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A. Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
EP2767546A1 (en) 2011-02-07 2014-08-20 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding SA Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses therof
RU2627173C2 (en) * 2011-02-07 2017-08-03 Серени Терапеутикс Холдинг С.А. Lipoprotein complexes and their preparation and application
JP2018076286A (en) * 2011-02-07 2018-05-17 セレニス セラピューティクス ホールディング エスアー Lipoprotein complexes, and manufacture and uses thereof
JP2014506884A (en) * 2011-02-07 2014-03-20 セレニス セラピューティクス ホールディング エスアー Lipoprotein complex and its production and use
US11998587B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2024-06-04 Abionyx Pharma Sa Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
EP3466969A1 (en) 2011-02-07 2019-04-10 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding SA Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and use thereof
US10322163B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2019-06-18 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A. Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
US11969456B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2024-04-30 Abionyx Pharma Sa Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
JP2020176122A (en) * 2011-02-07 2020-10-29 セレニス セラピューティクス ホールディング エスアー Lipoprotein complexes, and manufacture and use thereof
AU2018203258B2 (en) * 2011-02-07 2020-12-10 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
WO2012109162A1 (en) 2011-02-07 2012-08-16 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A. Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
EP4400511A3 (en) * 2011-02-07 2024-09-04 Abionyx Pharma SA Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
EP4400511A2 (en) 2011-02-07 2024-07-17 Abionyx Pharma SA Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
AU2012214672B2 (en) * 2011-02-07 2015-10-01 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
JP7009559B2 (en) 2011-02-07 2022-01-25 セレニス セラピューティクス ホールディング エスアー Lipoprotein complex and its production and use
JP2022050603A (en) * 2011-02-07 2022-03-30 セレニス セラピューティクス ホールディング エスアー Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof
WO2015173633A2 (en) 2014-05-02 2015-11-19 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa Hdl therapy markers
WO2019030575A1 (en) * 2017-08-10 2019-02-14 Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Apomers
WO2021209823A1 (en) 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating acute conditions using lipid binding protein- based complexes
US11752163B2 (en) 2020-04-16 2023-09-12 Abionyx Pharma Sa CER-001 therapy for treating kidney disease
WO2021209808A1 (en) * 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Abionyx Pharma Sa Cer-001 therapy for treating kidney disease
WO2021209822A1 (en) * 2020-04-16 2021-10-21 Abionyx Pharma Sa Cer-001 therapy for treating kidney disease
WO2022069942A2 (en) 2020-10-01 2022-04-07 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating eye diseases using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2022219413A1 (en) 2021-04-15 2022-10-20 Abionyx Pharma Sa Use of lipid binding protein-based complexes in organ preservation solutions
WO2023194797A1 (en) 2022-04-06 2023-10-12 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating eye diseases using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2023194798A1 (en) 2022-04-06 2023-10-12 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating leukocytosis, endothelial dysfunction and carditis using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2023237927A2 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating hyperinflammatory conditions using lipid binding protein -based complexes
WO2023237935A2 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Abionyx Pharma Sa Methods for treating acute conditions using lipid binding protein-based complexes
WO2024150064A1 (en) 2023-01-13 2024-07-18 Abionyx Pharma Sa Lipid binding protein molecule therapy

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
LT2939683T (en) 2017-03-27
HUE026062T2 (en) 2016-05-30
SG173624A1 (en) 2011-09-29
US20130231459A1 (en) 2013-09-05
PT2939683T (en) 2017-04-07
AU2010213568B2 (en) 2014-11-20
RU2011138011A (en) 2013-03-27
PL2939683T3 (en) 2017-07-31
CN102395375B (en) 2015-01-14
HRP20170294T1 (en) 2017-04-21
EP2396017A1 (en) 2011-12-21
CA2752182C (en) 2017-11-28
EP2939683A1 (en) 2015-11-04
CY1118809T1 (en) 2018-01-10
CA2982157A1 (en) 2010-08-19
SI2939683T1 (en) 2017-04-26
US20150141330A1 (en) 2015-05-21
DK2939683T3 (en) 2017-03-13
DK2396017T3 (en) 2015-09-14
US20160324923A1 (en) 2016-11-10
EP2396017B1 (en) 2015-07-01
US9981008B2 (en) 2018-05-29
ES2620478T3 (en) 2017-06-28
IL240357A (en) 2017-11-30
IL214576A0 (en) 2011-09-27
IL240357A0 (en) 2015-09-24
EP2396017A4 (en) 2013-03-27
US9388232B2 (en) 2016-07-12
RU2532222C2 (en) 2014-10-27
NZ594516A (en) 2012-12-21
EP2939683B1 (en) 2017-01-04
CA2752182A1 (en) 2010-08-19
KR101688547B1 (en) 2016-12-21
HRP20150998T1 (en) 2015-11-20
SMT201500318B (en) 2016-02-25
JP2012518006A (en) 2012-08-09
US8993597B2 (en) 2015-03-31
ZA201105997B (en) 2013-10-30
KR20120004412A (en) 2012-01-12
PL2396017T3 (en) 2015-12-31
JP5719783B2 (en) 2015-05-20
MX343654B (en) 2016-11-16
IL214576B (en) 2019-05-30
HUE033661T2 (en) 2017-12-28
PT2396017E (en) 2015-10-22
HK1165987A1 (en) 2012-10-19
US8378068B2 (en) 2013-02-19
JP2015110677A (en) 2015-06-18
MX2011008599A (en) 2011-11-18
CN104530223A (en) 2015-04-22
PH12016501912A1 (en) 2019-11-18
RU2014134333A (en) 2016-03-20
SI2396017T1 (en) 2015-12-31
HK1209436A1 (en) 2016-04-01
ES2554853T3 (en) 2015-12-23
US20100267631A1 (en) 2010-10-21
CN102395375A (en) 2012-03-28
AU2010213568A1 (en) 2011-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9981008B2 (en) Apolipoprotein A-I mimics
AU2005201985B2 (en) Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
AU2002300464C1 (en) Apoliprotein A-I Agonist And Their Use To Treat Dyslipidemic Disorders
AU747823B2 (en) Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders
AU2014268255B2 (en) Apolipoprotein a-i mimics

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080016764.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10741801

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2752182

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2010213568

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 594516

Country of ref document: NZ

Ref document number: 214576

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011550271

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 6109/DELNP/2011

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12011501638

Country of ref document: PH

Ref document number: MX/A/2011/008599

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010741801

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010213568

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20100212

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20117021736

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011138011

Country of ref document: RU

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: PI1008251

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IDP00201404162

Country of ref document: ID

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 240357

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12016501912

Country of ref document: PH